Top Banner
224

Specifications DCPL2010R0007

Nov 18, 2014

Download

Documents

jacksondcpl

Georgetown Specifications
Welcome message from author
This document is posted to help you gain knowledge. Please leave a comment to let me know what you think about it! Share it to your friends and learn new things together.
Transcript
Page 1: Specifications DCPL2010R0007
Page 2: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590 Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION DIVISION SECTION TITLE

TABLE OF CONTENTS 00010 - 1/7 Italics indicates sections to be provided by DCPL’s consultants.

DOCUMENT 00010 - TABLE OF CONTENTS INTRODUCTORY INFORMATION 00001 Project Title Page MJA 00010 Table of Contents MJA 00015 List of Drawings MJA BIDDING AND CONTRACTING INFORMATION Solicitation DCPL/SRS Standard Contract Provisions Jan 2007 DCPL/SRS DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01100 Summary - ADDED CS/MJA/SRS 01125 Summary of Multiple Contracts CS/MJA/SRS 01210 Allowances CS/MJA/SRS 01250 Contract Modification Procedures CS/MJA/SRS 01270 Unit Prices CS/MJA/SRS 01290 Payment Procedures CS/MJA/SRS 01310 Project Management and Coordination CS/MJA/SRS 01320 Construction Progress Documentation CS/MJA/SRS 01322 Photographic Documentation CS/MJA/SRS 01330 Submittal Procedures CS/MJA/SRS 01350 Qualifications of Restoration Artisans and Craftsmen Subcontractors CS/MJA 01351 Special Procedures for Historic Treatment CS/MJA 01352 LEED Requirements CS/MJA/SRS 01400 Quality Requirements CS/MJA/SRS 01420 References CS/MJA/SRS 01500 Temporary Facilities and Controls CS/MJA/SRS 01524 Construction Waste Management CS/MJA/SRS 01600 Product Requirements CS/MJA/SRS 01635 Substitution Procedures CS/MJA/SRS 01700 Execution Requirements CS/MJA/SRS 01732 Selective Demolition CS/MJA/SRS 01770 Closeout Procedures CS/MJA/SRS 01781 Project Record Documents CS/MJA/SRS 01782 Operation and Maintenance Data CS/MJA/SRS 01810 General Commissioning Requirements SRS/Cx 01820 Demonstration and Training CS/MJA/SRS DIVISION 2 - SITE CONSTRUCTION 02080 Piped Utilities – Basic Materials and Methods AMT

Page 3: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590 Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION DIVISION SECTION TITLE

TABLE OF CONTENTS 00010 - 2/7 Italics indicates sections to be provided by DCPL’s consultants.

02230 Site Clearing AMT 02231 Tree Protection and Trimming LPA 02260 Excavation Support and Protection MJA 02300 Earthwork AMT 02361 Termite Control MJA 02371 Micro Piles RSD 02510 Water Distribution AMT 02530 Sanitary Sewerage AMT 02620 Subdrainage MJA 02630 Storm Drainage AMT 02751 Cement Concrete Pavement LPA 02764 Pavement Joint Sealants LPA 02780 Unit Pavers LPA 02781 Porous Unit Paving LPA 02826 Ornamental Metal Fences and Gates MJA 02870 Site Furnishings LPA 02920 Lawns and Grasses LPA 02930 Exterior Plants LPA DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE 03300 Cast-in-place Concrete RSD 03541 Gypsum Underlayment MJA DIVISION 4 - MASONRY 04720 Cast Stone - DELETED LPA 04810 Unit Masonry Assemblies MJA/RSD 04860 Stone Masonry LPA 04901 Clay Masonry Cleaning and Restoration MJA 04902 Cast Stone Cleaning and Restoration MJA 04903 Marble Cleaning and Restoration. MJA 04904 Masonry Efflourescence Removal MJA DIVISION 5 - METALS 05120 Structural Steel RSD 05310 Steel Deck RSD 05400 Cold-Formed Metal Framing MJA/RSD 05500 Metal Fabrications RSD/MJA 05511 Metal Stairs MJA 05521 Pipe And Tube Railings MJA 05700 Ornamental Metal MJA 05710 Monumental Stairs and Railings MJA

Page 4: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590 Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION DIVISION SECTION TITLE

TABLE OF CONTENTS 00010 - 3/7 Italics indicates sections to be provided by DCPL’s consultants.

05720 New Cast-Iron Railings to Match Historic MJA 05721 Ornamental Railings MJA 05811 Architectural Joint Systems MJA 05910 Ornamental Metal Cleaning MJA DIVISION 6 - WOOD AND PLASTICS 06105 Miscellaneous Carpentry MJA 06160 Sheathing MJA 06202 Interior Finish Carpentry MJA 06400 Interior Woodwork Refinishing MJA 06401 Exterior Architectural Woodwork MJA 06402 Interior Architectural Woodwork MJA 06410 Architectural Wood Casework HWA 06416 Stone Countertops - DELETED MJA 06614 Composite Countertops MJA 06642 GFRP (Cornice) MJA DIVISION 7 - THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION 07123 Cold Fluid-Applied Waterproofing (Concrete Deck & Between Slabs) MJA 07131 Self-adhering Sheet Waterproofing MJA 07140 Cold Fluid-Applied Waterproofing (Concrete & CMU) MJA 07162 Crystalline Waterproofing MJA 07210 Building Insulation MJA 07271 Self-adhering Sheet Air Barriers MJA 07315 Slate Shingles MJA 07620 Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim MJA 07811 Sprayed Fire-resistive Materials MJA 07841 Through-Penetration Firestop Systems MJA 07920 Joint Sealants MJA DIVISION 8 - DOORS AND WINDOWS 08110 Steel Frames - ADDED MJA 08113 Glass Firewall Window and Door System MJA 08211 Flush Wood Doors MJA 08212 Stile and Rail Wood Doors MJA 08290 Wood Door Refinishing MJA 08311 Access Doors and Frames MJA 08335 Self-Opening Coiling Grilles MJA 08352 Accordion Fire Door System MJA 08450 All-Glass Entrances MJA 08550 Wood Windows MJA

Page 5: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590 Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION DIVISION SECTION TITLE

TABLE OF CONTENTS 00010 - 4/7 Italics indicates sections to be provided by DCPL’s consultants.

08592 Historic Treatment of Wood Windows MJA 08710 Door Hardware Hardware Consultant 08716 Automatic Door Operators for Historic Doors MJA 08800 Glazing MJA 08892 Glazing Repair MJA DIVISION 9 - FINISHES 09111 Non-load-bearing Steel Framing MJA 09210 Plaster Cleaning and Repair - ADDED MJA 09215 Gypsum Veneer Plaster MJA 09250 Gypsum Board MJA 09265 Gypsum Board Shaft-wall Assemblies MJA 09280 Ornamental Plaster Replacement MJA 09310 Ceramic Tile MJA 09512 Acoustical Tile Ceilings MJA 09545 Ceiling Fabric Panels – DELETED MJA 09629 Cork Flooring MJA 09641 Bamboo Flooring - DELETED MJA 09651 Resilient Floor Tile MJA 09653 Resilient Wall Base and Accessories MJA 09654 Linoleum Floor Coverings & Desk Tops MJA 09680 Carpet MJA 09851 Sound Absorbing Ceiling Units - DELETED MJA 09911 Exterior Painting MJA 09912 Interior Painting MJA 09931 Wood Stains and Transparent Finishes MJA 09991 Encapsulation Coating System MJA DIVISION 10 - SPECIALTIES 10101 Visual Display Surfaces MJA 10155 Toilet Compartments MJA 10185 Unit Shower MJA 10200 Louvers and Vents MJA 10410 Directories TBD by DCPL 10431 Exterior Signage TBD by DCPL 10436 Exterior Post and Panel Signs TBD by DCPL 10449 Interior Signage TBD by DCPL 10505 Metal Lockers MJA 10522 Fire Extinguisher Cabinets MJA 10523 Fire Extinguishers MJA 10671 Metal Storage Shelving MJA

Page 6: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590 Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION DIVISION SECTION TITLE

TABLE OF CONTENTS 00010 - 5/7 Italics indicates sections to be provided by DCPL’s consultants.

10801 Toilet and Bath Accessories MJA DIVISION 11 - EQUIPMENT 11054 Library Stack Systems HWA 11130 Audio-Visual Equipment Poly 11132 Projection Screens Poly 11451 Residential Appliances MJA 11510 Library Equipment (Book Trucks & Book Return Carts) HWA 11511 Library Book and Media Depository MJA DIVISION 12 - FURNISHINGS 12355 Institutional Casework MJA 12356 Kitchen Casework MJA 12484 Floor Mats and Frames MJA 12560 Library Furniture and Equipment MJA DIVISION 13 - SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION 13730 Security Access DCPL’s Consultant ADT 13760 Video Surveillance DCPL’s Consultant ADT 13850 Fire Detection and Alarm DELETED AND REPLACED BY 16721 JJC DIVISION 14 - CONVEYING SYSTEMS 14240 Hydraulic Elevators MJA DIVISION 15 – MECHANICAL 15050 Basic Mechanical Materials JJC 15055 Motors JJC 15075 Mechanical Identification JJC 15100 Valves JJC 15125 Pipe Expansion Joints JJC 15135 Meter and Gages JJC 15145 Hangers and Supports JJC 15181 Hydronic Piping JJC 15241 Mechanical Vibration Controls JJC 15260 Pipe Insulation JJC 15290 Duct Insulation JJC 15326 Standpipe and Wet Pipe Sprinkler Systems JJC 15411 Water Distribution Piping JJC 15420 Drainage and Vent Piping JJC 15430 Plumbing Specialties JJC 15440 Plumbing Fixtures JJC

Page 7: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590 Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION DIVISION SECTION TITLE

TABLE OF CONTENTS 00010 - 6/7 Italics indicates sections to be provided by DCPL’s consultants.

15452 Plumbing Pumps – ADDED JJC 15460 Water Heaters JJC 15496 Natural Gas Piping JJC 15513 Condensing Boilers JJC 15540 HVAC Pumps JJC 15545 Chemical Water Treatment JJC 15575 Breechings, Chimneys And Stacks JJC 15628 Air Cooled Packaged Chiller with Integral Pump Modules JJC 15763 Fan-Coil Units JJC 15785 Air-To-Air Energy Recovery Untis JJC 15830 Fans JJC 15835 Unit Heaters JJC 15855 Diffusers, Registers And Grilles JJC 15891 Metal Ductwork JJC 15899 Variable Frequency Drive Units JJC 15900 Direct Digital Control Systems JJC 15910 Duct Accessories JJC 15940 HVAC Instrumentation and Controls – Sequences of Operation JJC 15970 HVAC Controls JJC 15990 Testing, Adjusting And Balancing JJC 15995 Mechanical Systems Commissioning Cx Division 16 – Electrical 16050 Basic Electrical Materials And Methods JJC 16051 Electrical System Protective Device Study JJC 16111 Conduit Systems JJC 16112 Busway JJC 16126 Cables, High Voltage (Above 600 Volts) JJC 16127 Cables, Low Voltage (600 Volts and Below) JJC 16140 Wiring Devices JJC 16150 Motors JJC 16160 Panelboards JJC 16170 Disconnect Switches (Motor and Circuit) JJC 16430 Metering JJC 16450 Grounding JJC 16460 Transformers (General Purpose) JJC 16464 Switchgear, Low Voltage (600 Volts and Below) JJC 16500 Lighting Fixtures Cutsheets and Schedule MCLA 16510 Building Lighting, Interior JJC 16511 Ornamental Lighting Cleaning and Restoration - DELETED MCLA 16520 Site Lighting JJC

Page 8: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590 Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION DIVISION SECTION TITLE

TABLE OF CONTENTS 00010 - 7/7 Italics indicates sections to be provided by DCPL’s consultants.

16670 Lightning Protection System JJC 16721 Fire Detection and Alarm – ADDED (replacing 13850) JJC 16740 Communications and Data Poly 16995 Electrical Systems Commissioning Cx END OF TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page 9: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY

WASHINGTON, DC

(228)

SHT. #

A-0.00

A-0.01

A-0.02

A-0.03

A-0.04

(16)

C1.00

C1.10

C2.00

C3.00

C3.10

C3.20

C3.30

C3.40

C3.50

UTILITY DETAILS 1

INDEX OF DRAWINGS

SHEET NAME:

COVER SHEET

ABBREVIATIONS, LEGENDS, SPOT ELEVATIONS

UTILITY PLAN

CIVIL DRAWINGS

DRAWING LIST

DEMOLITION PLAN

UTILITY PROFILES

SITE IMPROVEMENTS PLAN

DEMOLITION AND PRESERVATION NOTES

EXISTING CONDITIONS

HISTORIC PRESERVATION NOTES AND GLOSSARY

HISTORIC PRESERVATION NOTES

UTILITY DETAILS 2

UTILITY DETAILS 3

UTILITY DETAILS 5C3.50

C4.00

C4.10

C4.20 STORMWATER MANAGEMENT DETAILS 2

C5.00 ESC PLAN PHASE 1

C5.10 ESC PLAN PHASE 2

C5.20

C5.30 ESC NOTES

(14)

L1.01

L1.02

L1.03

L1.04

L1.05

L2.01

L2.02

L3.01

L3.02

L3.03

L3.04

L3.05

L3.06

L3.07

HARDSCAPE DETAILS

PLANTING DETAILS

GRADING AND STORMWATER PLAN

STORMWATER MANAGEMENT DETAILS 1

SITE PLAN

SITE PLAN

LAYOUT PLAN

LAYOUT PLAN

HARDSCAPE DETAILS - LOWER TERRACE

SITE REFERENCE PLAN

LANDSCAPE DRAWINGS

PLANTING PLAN

PLANTING PLAN

SITE FURNISHING DETAILS

ESC DETAILS

UTILITY DETAILS 5

HARDSCAPE DETAILS

HARDSCAPE DETAILS

HARDSCAPE DETAILS

1 7/10/2009

Page 10: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

(2)

AE-0.00

AE-1.00

(112)

AS-0.00

AS-0.01

AS-0.02 SITE DETAILS

AS-0.03 SITE DETAILS

AD-1.00 LOWER LEVEL DEMOLITION PLAN

AD-1.01

AD-1.02

AD-1.03

AD-1.04

AD-2.00

AD-2.01

A-1.00

A-1.01

A-1.02

A-1.03

A-1.04

A-1.09

A-1.10

SECOND LEVEL PLAN

ROOF PLAN

LIGHT FIXTURE SCHEDULE

LOWER LEVEL REFLECTED CEILING PLAN

DEMOLITION NORTH AND SOUTH ELEVATIONS

DEMOLITION EAST AND WEST ELEVATIONS

LOWER LEVEL PLAN

MEZZANINE LEVEL DEMOLITION PLAN

SECOND LEVEL DEMOLITION PLAN

ROOF LEVEL DEMOLITION PLAN

FIRST LEVEL PLAN

THIRD LEVEL PLAN

EGRESS DRAWINGS

CODE ANALYSIS, EGRESS CALCULATIONS AND TABLES

ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS

SITE VICINITY PLAN

ARCHITECTURAL SITE PLAN

FIRST LEVEL DEMOLITION PLAN

EGRESS PLANS

A-1.10

A-1.11

A-1.12

A-1.13

A-1.20

A-1.21

A-1.22

A-1.23

A-1.24

A-1.40 PLAN DETAILS

A-1.41 PLAN DETAILS

A-142 PLAN DETAILS

A-2.00

A-2.01

A-2.02

A-2.03

A-3.00

A-3.01

A-3.02

A-3.03

A-3.10 WALL SECTIONS

A-3.11 WALL SECTIONS

A-3.12 WALL SECTIONS

A-3.13 WALL SECTIONS

SOUTH ELEVATION

EAST ELEVATION

WEST ELEVATION

BUILDING SECTION LONGITUDINAL LOOKING NORTH

BUILDING SECTION TRANSVERSE LOOKING WEST

BUILDING SECTION LONGITUDINAL LOOKING SOUTH

BUILDING SECTION TRANSVERSE LOOKING WEST

NORTH ELEVATION

FIRST LEVEL REFLECTED CEILING PLAN

ENLARGED PLAN LOWER LEVEL

ENLARGED PLAN LOWER LEVEL

ENLARGED PLAN FIRST LEVEL

ENLARGED PLAN SECOND LEVEL

ENLARGED THIRD LEVEL PLAN

SECOND LEVEL REFLECTED CEILING PLAN

THIRD LEVEL REFLECTED CEILING PLAN

LOWER LEVEL REFLECTED CEILING PLAN

2 7/10/2009

Page 11: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

A-3.14 WALL SECTIONS

A-3.15 WALL SECTIONS

A-3.16 WALL SECTIONS

A-3.20 WALL SECTION DETAILS

A-3.21 WALL SECTION DETAILS

A-3.22 WALL SECTION DETAILS

A-4.00 ROOF DETAILS

A-4.01 ROOF DETAILS

A-4.03 CUPOLA DETAILS

A-4.04

A-5.00

A-5.10

A-5.11

A-5.12 DOOR HEAD, JAMB, AND SILL DETAILS

A-5.20

A-5.21 WINDOW DETAILS

A-5.30 CASEWORK PLAN LOWER LEVEL

A-5.31 CASEWORK FIRST FLOOR PLAN

A-5.32 CASEWORK SECOND FLOOR PLAN

A-5.33 CASEWORK THIRD FLOOR PLAN

A-5.34 CASEWORK ENLARGED PLAN AND ELEVATIONS

DOOR HEAD, JAMB, AND SILL DETAILS

WINDOW SCHEDULE AND DETAILS

DOOR SCHEDULE, DOOR FRAMES AND TYPES

DORMER ELEVATION & MOULDING DETAILS

PARTITION SCHEDULE

A-5.34 CASEWORK ENLARGED PLAN AND ELEVATIONS

A-5.35 CASEWORK ENLARGED PLAN AND ELEVATIONS

A-5.36 CASEWORK ENLARGED PLAN AND ELEVATIONS

A-5.37 CASEWORK ENLARGED PLAN AND ELEVATIONS

A-5.38 CASEWORK ENLARGED PLAN AND ELEVATIONS

A-5.39 CASEWORK ENLARGED PLAN AND ELEVATIONS

A-5.40 CASEWORK ENLARGED PLAN AND ELEVATIONS

A-5.41 CASEWORK ENLARGED PLAN AND ELEVATIONS

A-5.42 CASEWORK ENLARGED PLAN AND ELEVATIONS

A-5.43 CASEWORK ENLARGED PLAN AND ELEVATIONS

A-5.44 CASEWORK ENLARGED PLAN AND ELEVATIONS

A-5.45 CASEWORK AND SHELVING SCHEDULE

A-5.46 METAL SHELVING ELEVATIONS

A-5.47 METAL SHELVING ELEVATIONS

A-5.50 MATERIAL SCHEDULE

A-5.51 FINISH AND PAINT SCHEDULES

A-5.52 FURNITURE AND EQUIPMENT SCHEDULES

A-5.60 FINISH FLOOR PLAN - LOWER LEVEL

A-5.61 FINISH FLOOR PLAN - FIRST LEVEL

A-5.62 FINISH FLOOR PLAN - SECOND LEVEL

A-5.63 FINISH FLOOR PLAN - THIRD LEVEL

A-5.70 LOWER LEVEL FURNITURE PLAN

A-5.71 FIRST LEVEL FURNITURE PLAN

A-5.72 SECOND LEVEL FURNITURE PLAN

A-5.73 THIRD LEVEL FURNITURE PLAN

A-5.74 FURNITURE

3 7/10/2009

Page 12: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

A-5.75 FURNITURE

A-6.00

A-6.01

A-6.02

A-6.03

A-6.04

A-6.05

A-6.06 SECOND LEVEL INTERIOR ELEVATIONS

A-6.07 SECOND LEVEL INTERIOR ELEVATIONS

A-6.08 THIRD LEVEL INTERIOR ELEVATIONS

A-6.10

A-6.11

A-6.12 TILE DETAILS

A-7.00 ARCH ELEVATIONS AND DETAILS

A-7.01 COLUMN DETAILS

A-7.02 WAINSCOT AND PANELING ELEVATIONS AND PROFILES

A-7.03 CABINET DETAILS

A-7.04 MOULDINGS

A-7.05 CORNICE DETAILS

A-8.00

A-8.01

A-8.02

A-8.03

TOILET ROOMS, ENLARGED PLANS, AND INTERIOR ELEVATIONS

FIRST LEVEL INTERIOR ELEVATIONS

TOILET ROOM ACCESSORY SCHEDULE AND TYPICAL DETAILS

FIRST LEVEL INTERIOR ELEVATIONS

LOWER LEVEL INTERIOR ELEVATIONS

LOWER LEVEL INTERIOR ELEVATIONS

LOWER LEVEL INTERIOR ELEVATIONS

FIRST LEVEL INTERIOR ELEVATIONS

STAIR DETAILS

STAIR S3 SECTION AND PLANS, STAIR DETAILS

STAIR S1 SECTION AND PLANS

STAIR S2 SECTION AND PLANS

A-8.03

A-8.04 RAMP DETAIL

A-9.00

A-9.01 ELEVATOR INTERIOR ELEVATION AND DETAILS

(21)

S1.0

S2.0D

S2.1D

S2.1MD

S2.2D

S2.0

S2.1

S2.2

S2.3

S2.4

S3.1

S3.2

S3.3

S3.4

S3.5

S4.1

S4.2

SECTIONS AND DETAILS

SECTIONS AND DETAILS

SECOND LEVEL DEMOLITION PLAN

GENERAL NOTES

STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS

TYPICAL DETAILS

TYPICAL DETAILS

STAIR DETAILS

ELEVATOR SECTION AND PLANS

TYPICAL DETAILS

SECOND LEVEL FRAMING PLAN

THIRD LEVEL FRAMING PLAN

ROOF FRAMING PLAN

TYPICAL DETAILS

LOWER LEVEL DEMOLITION PLAN

LOWER LEVEL FRAMING PLAN

TYPICAL DETAILS

FIRST LEVEL DEMOLITION PLAN

FIRST LEVEL FRAMING PLAN

MEZZANINE LEVEL DEMOLITION PLAN

4 7/10/2009

Page 13: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

S4.3 SECTIONS AND DETAILS

S4.4 SECTIONS AND DETAILS

S4.5

S4.6

(23)

M-0.01

DM-1.01

DM-1.02

DM-1.03

DM-1.04

M-1.01

M-1.02

M-1.03

M-1.04

M-1.05

M-2.01

M-2.02

M-2.03

M-2.04 CONTORL DIAGRAM MECHANICAL

M-2.05 CONTORL DIAGRAM MECHANICAL

M-3.01

M-3.02

MECHANICAL DRAWINGS

FIRST LEVEL DEMOLITION PLAN

MEZZANINE LEVEL DEMOLITION PLAN

SECOND LEVEL DEMOLITION PLAN

DETAILS MECHANICAL

DETAILS MECHANICAL

THIRD LEVEL AND ATTIC MECHANICAL PLAN

SECTIONS AND DETAILS

LOWER LEVEL DEMOLITION PLAN

SYMBOL LIST AND ABBREVIATIONS, GENERAL NOTES

SECTIONS AND DETAILS

SCHEDULES MECHANICAL

SCHEDULES MECHANICAL

SCHEDULES MECHANICAL

LOWER LEVEL MECHANICAL PLAN

FIRST LEVEL MECHANICAL PLAN

SECOND LEVEL MECHANICAL PLAN

ROOF MECHANICAL PLAN

M-4.01 PLAN AND SECTION MECHANICAL

MP-1.01

MP-1.02

MP-1.03

MP-1.04

MP-1.05 RISER DIAGRAM

(17)

E00

E01

E1

E2

E3

E4

E5

E6

E7

E8

E9

E10

E11

ED1.00

ED1.01

ED1.02

ED1.03

POWER & FIRE ALARM RISER DIAGRAMS

PANEL SCHEDULES

LOWER LEVEL PLAN POWER & FIRE ALARM

LOWER LEVEL DEMOLTION PLAN

FIRST LEVEL DEMOLTION PLAN

FIRST LEVEL PLAN POWER & FIRE ALARM

SECOND LEVEL PLAN POWER & FIRE ALARM

LIGHTNING PROTECTION

SECOND LEVEL DEMOLTION PLAN

MEZZANINE LEVEL DEMOLTION PLAN

THIRD LEVEL PLAN POWER & FIRE ALARM

LOWER LEVEL PLAN LIGHTING

FIRST LEVEL PLAN LIGHTING

SECOND LEVEL PLAN LIGHTING

THIRD LEVEL PLAN LIGHTING

SITE EXTERIOR LIGHTING

THIRD LEVEL & ATTIC PLAN MECHANICAL

GENERAL NOTES, FIRE ALARM NOTES, SYMBOLS LIST, ABBREVIATIONS & LIGHTING

ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS

LOWER LEVEL FLOOR PLAN MECHANICAL

FIRST LEVEL PLAN MECHANICAL

SECOND LEVEL PLAN MECHANICAL

5 7/10/2009

Page 14: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

(17)

P-0.01

PD1.01

PD1.02

PD1.03

PD1.04

P-1.01

P-1.02

P-1.03

P-1.04

P-1.05

P-2.01

P-3.01

P-3.02

P-3.03

P-4.01

(20)

TA001

TA100

FIRST LEVEL DEMOLITION PLAN

MEZZANINE LEVEL DEMOLITION PLAN

SYMBOL AND ABBREVIATIONS, NOTES AND SCHE.

LOWER LEVEL DEMOLITION PLAN

A/V PLATE/BOX SCHEDULE, NOTES ABBREVIATIONS, ABD DETAILS

TA DRAWINGS

SECOND LEVEL PLAN PLUMBING

THIRD LEVEL PLAN PLUMBING

GAS RISER DIAGRAMS

DETAILS

ROOF PLAN PLUMBING

LOWER LEVEL PLAN PLUMBING

A/V LOWER LEVEL PLAN

SECOND LEVEL DEMOLITION PLAN

PLUMBING DRAWINGS

WATER / FIRE RISER DIAGRAMS

ENLARGED FLOOR PLANS - PLUMBING

SANITARY / STORM RISER DIAGRAMS

FIRST LEVEL PLAN PLUMBING

TA100

TA101

TA102

TA103

TA104

TA105

TA106

TA107

TA201

TA501

TA601

TA701

TA801

(16)

TN001

TN100 TELECOM LOWER LEVEL PLAN

TN101 TELECOM FIRST LEVEL PLAN

TN102 TELECOM SECOND LEVEL PLAN

TN103

(10)

TY001 SECURITY PLATE/BOX SCHEDULE, NOTES, ABBREVIATION, AND DETAILS

TY DRAWINGS

A/V RACK DETAILS

TN DRAWINGS

TELECOM PLATE/BOX SCHEDULE, NOTES, ABBREVIATION, AND DETAILS

TELECOM THIRD LEVEL PLAN

A/V LOWER LEVEL RCP

A/V FIRST LEVEL RCP

A/V SECOND LEVEL RCP

A/V THIRD LEVEL RCP

A/V ELEVATION

A/V FIRST LEVEL PLAN

A/V SECOND LEVEL PLAN

A/V THIRD LEVEL PLAN

A/V LOWER LEVEL PLAN

A/V PLATES AND PANELS

A/V LINE DIAGRAMS

A/V DETAILS

6 7/10/2009

Page 15: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

TY100

TY101

TY102

TY103

TY104

TY105

TY106

TY107

TY 501 A/V DETAILS

SECURITY LOWER LEVEL PLAN

SECURITY SECOND LEVEL RCP

SECURITY SECOND LEVEL PLAN

SECURITY THIRD LEVEL PLAN

SECURITY FIRST LEVEL PLAN

SECURITY THIRD LEVEL RCP

SECURITY FIRST LEVEL RCP

SECURITY LOWER LEVEL RCP

7 7/10/2009

Page 16: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590 Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

SUMMARY 01100 - 1/5

SECTION 01100 - SUMMARY

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes the following:

1. Work covered by the Contract Documents. 2. Work phases. 3. Work under other contracts. 4. Use of premises. 5. Owner's occupancy requirements. 6. Specification formats and conventions.

B. See Division 1 Section "Summary of Multiple Contracts" for division of responsibilities for the Work.

1.2 WORK COVERED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS

A. Project Identification: <Insert Project identifier such as Project name and number.>

1. Project Location: <Insert Project location (street address, city, and state).>

B. Owner: <Insert name and address of Owner.>

1. Owner's Representative: <Insert name and address of Owner's representative.>

C. Architect: <Insert name and address of Architect.>

D. The Work consists of the following:

1. The Work includes <Insert a brief listing of major products and systems included in Project>.

2. Project is designed to comply with a Certification Level according to the U.S. Green Building Council's Leadership in Energy & Environmental Design (LEED) Rating System, as specified in Division 1 Section "LEED Requirements."

E. Project will be constructed under a single prime contract.

1.3 WORK PHASES

A. The Work shall be conducted in <Insert number> phases in the following order, with each phase substantially complete before beginning the next phase:

Page 17: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590 Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

SUMMARY 01100 - 2/5

1. Phase <Insert designation>: <Briefly describe work of this phase> Work of this phase shall be substantially complete and ready for occupancy within <Insert number of days> after [the Notice to Proceed] [commencement of construction of this phase].

2. Phase <Insert designation>: The remaining Work shall be substantially complete and ready for occupancy at time of Substantial Completion.

B. Before commencing Work of each phase, submit a schedule showing the sequence, commencement and completion dates, and move-out and -in dates of Owner's personnel for all phases of the Work.

1.4 WORK UNDER OTHER CONTRACTS

A. General: Cooperate fully with separate contractors so work on those contracts may be carried out smoothly, without interfering with or delaying work under this Contract. Coordinate the Work of this Contract with work performed under separate contracts.

B. Preceding Work: Owner [has awarded] [will award] separate contract(s) for the following construction operations at Project site. Those operations are scheduled to be substantially complete before work under this Contract begins.

1. <Insert name of the Contract>: A separate contract [has been] [will be] awarded to <Insert name of separate Contractor> [to] [for] <Insert a brief description of work performed under separate contract>.

C. Concurrent Work: Owner [has awarded] [will award] separate contract(s) for the following construction operations at Project site. Those operations will be conducted simultaneously with work under this Contract.

1. <Insert name of the Contract>: A separate contract [has been] [will be] awarded to <Insert name of separate Contractor> [to] [for] <Insert a brief description of work performed under separate contract>.

D. Future Work: Owner [has awarded] [will award] separate contract(s) for the following additional work to be performed at site after Substantial Completion. Completion of that work will depend on successful completion of preparatory work under this Contract.

1. <Insert name of the Contract>: A separate contract [has been] [will be] awarded to <Insert name of separate Contractor> [to] [for] <Insert a brief description of work performed under separate contract>.

1.5 USE OF PREMISES

A. General: Contractor shall have full use of premises for construction operations, including use of Project site, during construction period. Contractor's use of premises is limited only by Owner's right to perform work or to retain other contractors on portions of Project.

Page 18: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590 Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

SUMMARY 01100 - 3/5

B. General: Contractor shall have limited use of premises for construction operations as indicated on Drawings by the Contract limits.

C. Use of Site: Limit use of premises to [work in areas] [areas within the Contract limits] indicated. Do not disturb portions of Project site beyond areas in which the Work is indicated.

1. Limits: Confine constructions operations to <Insert description of areas where work is permitted>.

a. Limit site disturbance, including earthwork and clearing of vegetation, to 40 feet beyond building perimeter; 10 feet beyond surface walkways, patios, surface parking, and utilities less than 12 inches in diameter; 15 feet beyond primary roadway curbs and main utility branch trenches; and 25 feet beyond constructed areas with permeable surfaces (such as pervious paving areas, stormwater detention facilities, and playing fields) that require additional staging areas in order to limit compaction in the constructed area.

2. Owner Occupancy: Allow for Owner occupancy of Project site[ and use by the public].

3. Driveways and Entrances: Keep driveways[ parking garage,] [ loading areas,] and entrances serving premises clear and available to Owner, Owner's employees, and emergency vehicles at all times. Do not use these areas for parking or storage of materials.

a. Schedule deliveries to minimize use of driveways and entrances. b. Schedule deliveries to minimize space and time requirements for storage of

materials and equipment on-site.

D. Use of Existing Building: Maintain existing building in a weathertight condition throughout construction period. Repair damage caused by construction operations. Protect building and its occupants during construction period.

1.6 OWNER'S OCCUPANCY REQUIREMENTS

A. Full Owner Occupancy: Owner will occupy site and [existing] [adjacent] building during entire construction period. Cooperate with Owner during construction operations to minimize conflicts and facilitate Owner usage. Perform the Work so as not to interfere with Owner's day-to-day operations. Maintain existing exits, unless otherwise indicated.

1. Maintain access to existing walkways, corridors, and other adjacent occupied or used facilities. Do not close or obstruct walkways, corridors, or other occupied or used facilities without written permission from Owner and authorities having jurisdiction.

B. Partial Owner Occupancy: Owner will occupy the premises during entire construction period, with the exception of areas under construction. Cooperate with Owner during construction operations to minimize conflicts and facilitate Owner usage. Perform the

Page 19: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590 Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

SUMMARY 01100 - 4/5

Work so as not to interfere with Owner's operations. Maintain existing exits, unless otherwise indicated.

1. Maintain access to existing walkways, corridors, and other adjacent occupied or used facilities. Do not close or obstruct walkways, corridors, or other occupied or used facilities without written permission from Owner and authorities having jurisdiction.

C. Owner Occupancy of Completed Areas of Construction: Owner reserves the right to occupy and to place and install equipment in completed areas of building, before Substantial Completion, provided such occupancy does not interfere with completion of the Work. Such placement of equipment and partial occupancy shall not constitute acceptance of the total Work.

1. Architect will prepare a Certificate of Substantial Completion for each specific portion of the Work to be occupied before Owner occupancy.

2. Obtain a Certificate of Occupancy from authorities having jurisdiction before Owner occupancy.

3. Before partial Owner occupancy, mechanical and electrical systems shall be fully operational, and required tests and inspections shall be successfully completed. On occupancy, Owner will operate and maintain mechanical and electrical systems serving occupied portions of building.

4. On occupancy, Owner will assume responsibility for maintenance and custodial service for occupied portions of building.

1.7 WORK RESTRICTIONS

A. Nonsmoking Building: Smoking is not permitted within the building or within 25 feet of entrances, operable windows, or outdoor air intakes.

1.8 SPECIFICATION FORMATS AND CONVENTIONS

A. Specification Format: The Specifications are organized into Divisions and Sections using the 16-division format and CSI/CSC's "MasterFormat" numbering system.

1. Division 1: Sections in Division 1 govern the execution of the Work of all Sections in the Specifications.

B. Specification Content: The Specifications use certain conventions for the style of language and the intended meaning of certain terms, words, and phrases when used in particular situations. These conventions are as follows:

1. Abbreviated Language: Language used in the Specifications and other Contract Documents is abbreviated. Words and meanings shall be interpreted as appropriate. Words implied, but not stated, shall be inferred as the sense requires. Singular words shall be interpreted as plural, and plural words shall be interpreted as singular where applicable as the context of the Contract Documents indicates.

Page 20: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590 Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

SUMMARY 01100 - 5/5

2. Imperative mood and streamlined language are generally used in the Specifications. Requirements expressed in the imperative mood are to be performed by Contractor. Occasionally, the indicative or subjunctive mood may be used in the Section Text for clarity to describe responsibilities that must be fulfilled indirectly by Contractor or by others when so noted.

a. The words "shall," "shall be," or "shall comply with," depending on the context, are implied where a colon (:) is used within a sentence or phrase.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)

PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)

END OF SECTION 01100END OF SECTION 01100

Page 21: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590 Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

SUMMARY OF MULTIPLE CONTRACTS 01125 - 1/5

SECTION 01125 - SUMMARY OF MULTIPLE CONTRACTS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section includes a summary of each contract, including responsibilities for coordination and temporary facilities and controls.

B. Specific requirements for work of each contract are also indicated in individual Specification Sections and on Drawings.

C. Related Section:

1. Division 1 Section "Summary" for the Work covered by the Contract Documents, restrictions on use of the project site and work restrictions.

1.2 DEFINITIONS

A. Permanent Enclosure: As determined by Architect, the condition at which roofing is insulated and weathertight; exterior walls are insulated and weathertight; and all openings are closed with permanent construction or substantial temporary closures equivalent in weather protection to permanent construction.

1.3 PROJECT COORDINATOR

A. Project Manager shall be responsible for coordination between the General Construction Contract and <Insert name of other contract>.

B. [Mechanical/electrical] <Insert name> coordinator, who shall be under the direction of the Project coordinator, shall be responsible for coordination between the [Plumbing Contract] [HVAC Contract] [Electrical Contract] [and] <Insert name of other contract>.

1. [HVAC Contractor] [Electrical Contractor] [Plumbing Contractor] <Insert other entity> shall act as mechanical/electrical coordinator. [Mechanical/electrical coordinator shall be licensed to practice as a professional engineer in location of Project.]

1.4 COORDINATION ACTIVITIES

A. Coordination activities of Project Manager include, but are not limited to, the following:

1. Provide overall coordination of the Work. 2. Coordinate shared access to workspaces.

Page 22: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590 Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

SUMMARY OF MULTIPLE CONTRACTS 01125 - 2/5

3. Coordinate product selections for compatibility. 4. Provide overall coordination of temporary facilities and controls. 5. Coordinate, schedule, and approve interruptions of permanent and temporary

utilities, including those necessary to make connections for temporary services. 6. Coordinate construction and operations of the Work with work performed by each

Contract and separate contracts. 7. Prepare coordination drawings in collaboration with each contractor to coordinate

work by more than one contract. 8. Coordinate sequencing and scheduling of the Work including a combined

Contractors' construction schedule for entire Project. 9. Provide quality-assurance and quality-control services specified in Division 1

Section "Quality Requirements." 10. Coordinate sequence of activities to accommodate tests and inspections, and

coordinate schedule of tests and inspections. 11. Provide information necessary to adjust, move, or relocate existing utility

structures affected by construction. 12. Locate existing permanent benchmarks, control points, and similar reference

points, and establish permanent benchmarks on Project site. 13. Provide field surveys of in-progress construction and site work[ and final

property survey]. 14. Coordinate cutting and patching. 15. Coordinate protection of the Work. 16. Coordinate firestopping. 17. Coordinate completion of interrelated punch list items. 18. Coordinate preparation of Project record documents if information from more

than one contractor is to be integrated with information from other contractors to form one combined record.

19. Print and submit record documents if installations by more than one contractor are indicated on the same contract drawing or shop drawing.

20. Collect record Specification Sections from contractors, collate Sections into numeric order, and submit complete set.

21. Coordinate preparation of operation and maintenance manuals if information from more than one contractor is to be integrated with information from other contractors to form one combined record.

B. Responsibilities of Project Manager for temporary facilities and controls include, but are not limited to, the following:

1. Provide common-use field office for use by all personnel engaged in construction activities.

2. Provide telephone service for common-use facilities.

1.5 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS OF CONTRACTS

A. Extent of Contract: Unless the Agreement contains a more specific description of the work, requirements indicated on Drawings and in Specification Sections determine which contract includes a specific element of Project.

Page 23: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590 Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

SUMMARY OF MULTIPLE CONTRACTS 01125 - 3/5

1. Unless otherwise indicated, the work described in this Section for each contract shall be complete systems and assemblies, including products, components, accessories, and installation required by the Contract Documents.

2. Trenches and other excavation for the work of each contract shall be the work of [the General Construction Contract] [each contract for its own work].

3. Blocking, backing panels, sleeves, and metal fabrication supports for the work of each contract shall be the work of [the General Construction Contract] [each contract for its own work].

4. Furnishing of access panels for the work of each contract shall be the work of each contract for its own work. Installation of access panels shall be the work of [the General Construction Contract] [each contract for its own work].

5. Equipment pads for the work of each contract shall be the work of [the General Construction Contract] [each contract for its own work].

6. Painting for the work of each contract shall be the work of [the General Construction Contract].

7. Cutting and Patching: [Each contract shall perform its own cutting; patching shall be under the General Construction Contract].

8. Through-penetration firestopping for the work of each contract shall be provided by [the General Construction Contract] [each contract for its own work].

9. Contractors' Preliminary Construction Schedule: Within [ten] 10 working days after preliminary horizontal bar-chart-type construction schedule submittal has been received from Project Manager, submit a matching preliminary horizontal bar-chart schedule showing construction operations sequenced and coordinated with overall construction.

B. Substitutions: Each contractor shall cooperate with other contractors involved to coordinate approved substitutions with remainder of the work.

1. Project Manager shall coordinate substitutions.

C. Temporary Facilities and Controls: In addition to specific responsibilities for temporary facilities and controls indicated in this Section and in Division 1 Section "Temporary Facilities and Controls," each contractor is responsible for the following:

1. Installation, operation, maintenance, and removal of each temporary facility necessary for its own normal construction activity, and costs and use charges associated with each facility, except as otherwise provided for in this Section.

2. Plug-in electric power cords and extension cords, supplementary plug-in task lighting, and special lighting necessary exclusively for its own activities.

3. Its own field office, complete with necessary furniture, utilities, and telephone service.

4. Its own storage and fabrication sheds. 5. Temporary enclosures for its own construction activities. 6. Staging and scaffolding for its own construction activities. 7. General hoisting facilities for its own construction activities, up to 2 tons. 8. Waste disposal facilities, including collection and legal disposal of its own

hazardous, dangerous, unsanitary, or other harmful waste materials. 9. Progress cleaning of work areas affected by its operations on a daily basis. 10. Secure lockup of its own tools, materials, and equipment. 11. Construction aids and miscellaneous services and facilities necessary exclusively

for its own construction activities.

Page 24: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590 Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

SUMMARY OF MULTIPLE CONTRACTS 01125 - 4/5

D. Temporary Heating, Cooling, and Ventilation: The General Construction Contract is responsible for temporary heating, cooling, and ventilation, including utility-use charges, temporary meters, and temporary connections.

E. Temporary Heating, Cooling, and Ventilation: The General Construction Contract is responsible for temporary heating, cooling, and ventilation after permanent enclosure of building is complete and Owner will pay utility-use charges.

F. Use Charges: Comply with the following:

1. Sewer Service: Include the cost for sewer service use by all parties engaged in construction activities at Project site in the General Construction Contract.

2. Water Service: Include the cost for water service, whether metered or otherwise, for water used by all entities engaged in construction activities at Project site in the General Construction Contract.

3. Electric Power Service: Include the cost for electric power service, whether metered or otherwise, for electricity used by all entities engaged in construction activities at Project site in the General Construction Contract.

1.6 GENERAL CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT

A. Work in the General Construction Contract includes, but is not limited to, the following:

1. Remaining work not identified as work under other contracts. 2. <Insert descriptions of the Work>.

B. Temporary facilities and controls in the General Construction Contract include, but are not limited to, the following:

1. Temporary facilities and controls that are not otherwise specifically assigned to the <Insert name of other contracts>.

2. <Insert temporary facilities and controls>.

1.7 <INSERT NAME OF CONTRACT>

A. Work in the <Insert name> Contract includes, but is not limited to, the following:

1. <Insert descriptions of the Work>.

B. Temporary facilities and controls in the <Insert name> Contract include, but are not limited to, the following:

1. <Insert requirements for temporary facilities and controls>.

Page 25: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590 Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

SUMMARY OF MULTIPLE CONTRACTS 01125 - 5/5

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)

PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)

END OF SECTION 01125

Page 26: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590 Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

ALLOWANCES 01210 - 1/4

SECTION 01210 - ALLOWANCES

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements governing allowances.

B. Types of allowances include the following:

1. Lump-sum allowances. 2. Unit-cost allowances. 3. Quantity allowances. 4. Contingency allowances. 5. Testing and inspecting allowances.

C. Related Sections:

1. Division 1 Section "Unit Prices" for procedures for using unit prices. 2. Division 1 Section "Quality Requirements" for procedures governing the use of

allowances for testing and inspecting.

1.2 SELECTION AND PURCHASE

A. At the earliest practical date after award of the Contract, advise Architect of the date when final selection and purchase of each product or system described by an allowance must be completed to avoid delaying the Work.

B. At Architect's request, obtain proposals for each allowance for use in making final selections. Include recommendations that are relevant to performing the Work.

C. Purchase products and systems selected by Architect from the designated supplier.

1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. Submit proposals for purchase of products or systems included in allowances, in the form specified for Change Orders.

B. Submit invoices or delivery slips to show actual quantities of materials delivered to the site for use in fulfillment of each allowance.

C. Submit time sheets and other documentation to show labor time and cost for installation of allowance items that include installation as part of the allowance.

D. Coordinate and process submittals for allowance items in same manner as for other portions of the Work.

Page 27: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590 Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

ALLOWANCES 01210 - 2/4

1.4 COORDINATION

A. Coordinate allowance items with other portions of the Work. Furnish templates as required to coordinate installation.

1.5 [LUMP-SUM] [UNIT-COST] [AND] [QUANTITY] ALLOWANCES

A. Allowance shall include cost to Contractor of specific products and materials ordered by Owner or selected by Architect under allowance and shall include [taxes,]freight, and delivery to Project site.

B. Unless otherwise indicated, Contractor's costs for receiving and handling at Project site, labor, installation, overhead and profit, and similar costs related to products and materials [ordered by Owner] [selected by Architect] under allowance shall be included as part of the Contract Sum and not part of the allowance.

C. Unused Materials: Return unused materials purchased under an allowance to manufacturer or supplier for credit to Owner, after installation has been completed and accepted.

1. If requested by Architect, retain and prepare unused material for storage by Owner. Deliver unused material to Owner's storage space as directed.

1.6 CONTINGENCY ALLOWANCES

A. Use the contingency allowance only as directed by Architect for Owner's purposes and only by Change Orders that indicate amounts to be charged to the allowance.

B. Contractor's[ overhead, profit, and] related costs for products and equipment ordered by Owner under the contingency allowance are included in the allowance and are not part of the Contract Sum. These costs include delivery, installation[, taxes], insurance, equipment rental, and similar costs.

C. Change Orders authorizing use of funds from the contingency allowance will include Contractor's related costs and reasonable overhead and profit margins.

D. At Project closeout, credit unused amounts remaining in the contingency allowance to Owner by Change Order.

1.7 TESTING AND INSPECTING ALLOWANCES

A. Testing and inspecting allowances include the cost of engaging testing agencies, actual tests and inspections, and reporting results.

B. The allowance does not include incidental labor required to assist the testing agency or costs for retesting if previous tests and inspections result in failure. The cost for incidental labor to assist the testing agency shall be included in the Contract Sum.

Page 28: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590 Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

ALLOWANCES 01210 - 3/4

C. Costs of services not required by the Contract Documents are not included in the allowance.

D. At Project closeout, credit unused amounts remaining in the testing and inspecting allowance to Owner by Change Order.

1.8 ADJUSTMENT OF ALLOWANCES

A. Allowance Adjustment: To adjust allowance amounts, prepare a Change Order proposal based on the difference between purchase amount and the allowance, multiplied by final measurement of work-in-place where applicable. If applicable, include reasonable allowances for cutting losses, tolerances, mixing wastes, normal product imperfections, and similar margins.

1. Include installation costs in purchase amount only where indicated as part of the allowance.

2. If requested, prepare explanation and documentation to substantiate distribution of overhead costs and other margins claimed.

3. Submit substantiation of a change in scope of work, if any, claimed in Change Orders related to unit-cost allowances.

4. Owner reserves the right to establish the quantity of work-in-place by independent quantity survey, measure, or count.

B. Submit claims for increased costs because of a change in scope or nature of the allowance described in the Contract Documents, whether for the purchase order amount or Contractor's handling, labor, installation, overhead, and profit.

1. Do not include Contractor's or subcontractor's indirect expense in the Change Order cost amount unless it is clearly shown that the nature or extent of work has changed from what could have been foreseen from information in the Contract Documents.

2. No change to Contractor's indirect expense is permitted for selection of higher- or lower-priced materials or systems of the same scope and nature as originally indicated.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Examine products covered by an allowance promptly on delivery for damage or defects. Return damaged or defective products to manufacturer for replacement.

Page 29: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590 Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

ALLOWANCES 01210 - 4/4

3.2 PREPARATION

A. Coordinate materials and their installation for each allowance with related materials and installations to ensure that each allowance item is completely integrated and interfaced with related work.

3.3 SCHEDULE OF ALLOWANCES

A. Allowance No. <Insert number>: [Lump-Sum] [Unit-Cost] [Quantity] [Contingency] [Testing and Inspecting] Allowance: Include the sum of <Insert dollar or quantity amount of allowance>: Include <Insert allowance description> as specified in Division <Insert Division number> Section "<Insert Section title>"[ and as shown on Drawings].

1. This allowance includes [material cost] [receiving, handling, and installation] [and] [Contractor overhead and profit].

2. Coordinate quantity allowance adjustment with corresponding unit price requirements of Division 1 Section "Unit Prices."

END OF SECTION 01210

Page 30: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590 Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES 01250 - 1/3

SECTION 01250 - CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for handling and processing Contract modifications.

1.2 MINOR CHANGES IN THE WORK

A. Architect will issue[ through Construction Manager] supplemental instructions authorizing minor changes in the Work, not involving adjustment to the Contract Sum or the Contract Time, on [AIA Document G710, "Architect's Supplemental Instructions."] [form included in the Project Manual.]

1.3 PROPOSAL REQUESTS

A. Owner-Initiated Proposal Requests: [Architect] [Construction Manager] will issue a detailed description of proposed changes in the Work that may require adjustment to the Contract Sum or the Contract Time. If necessary, the description will include supplemental or revised Drawings and Specifications.

1. Proposal Requests issued by [Architect] [Construction Manager] are not instructions either to stop work in progress or to execute the proposed change.

2. Within [time specified in Proposal Request] [or] [20 days, when not otherwise specified,] <Insert number of days> after receipt of Proposal Request, submit a quotation estimating cost adjustments to the Contract Sum and the Contract Time necessary to execute the change.

a. Include a list of quantities of products required or eliminated and unit costs, with total amount of purchases and credits to be made. If requested, furnish survey data to substantiate quantities.

b. Indicate applicable taxes, delivery charges, equipment rental, and amounts of trade discounts.

c. Include costs of labor and supervision directly attributable to the change. d. Include an updated Contractor's construction schedule that indicates the

effect of the change, including, but not limited to, changes in activity duration, start and finish times, and activity relationship. Use available total float before requesting an extension of the Contract Time.

e. Indicate LEED credits that may be affected by the change. f. Quotation Form: Use [CSI Form 13.6B "Proposal Worksheet Summary"

and 13.6C "Proposal Worksheet Detail"] [forms provided by Owner. Sample copies are included in the Project Manual] [forms acceptable to Architect].

Page 31: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590 Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES 01250 - 2/3

B. Contractor-Initiated Proposals: If latent or changed conditions require modifications to the Contract, Contractor may initiate a claim by submitting a request for a change to [Architect] [Construction Manager].

1. Include a statement outlining reasons for the change and the effect of the change on the Work. Provide a complete description of the proposed change. Indicate the effect of the proposed change on the Contract Sum and the Contract Time.

2. Include a list of quantities of products required or eliminated and unit costs, with total amount of purchases and credits to be made. If requested, furnish survey data to substantiate quantities.

3. Indicate applicable taxes, delivery charges, equipment rental, and amounts of trade discounts.

4. Include costs of labor and supervision directly attributable to the change. 5. Include an updated Contractor's construction schedule that indicates the effect of

the change, including, but not limited to, changes in activity duration, start and finish times, and activity relationship. Use available total float before requesting an extension of the Contract Time.Indicate LEED credits that may be affected by the change.

6. Comply with requirements in Division 1 Section "Substitution Procedures" if the proposed change requires substitution of one product or system for product or system specified.

7. Proposal Request Form: Use [CSI Form 13.6A "Change Order Request (Proposal)" with attachments CSI Form 13.6B "Proposal Worksheet Summary" and 13.6C "Proposal Worksheet Detail"] [form provided by Owner. Sample copy is included in Project Manual] [form acceptable to Architect].

1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE CHANGE ORDERS

A. Allowance Adjustment: Refer to Division 1 Section "Allowances" for administrative procedures for preparation of Change Order Proposal for adjusting the Contract Sum to reflect actual costs of allowances.

B. Unit Price Adjustment: Refer to Division 1 Section "Unit Prices" for administrative procedures for preparation of Change Order Proposal for adjusting the Contract Sum to reflect measured scope of unit price work.

1.5 CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES

A. On Owner's approval of a Proposal Request, [Architect] [Construction Manager] will issue a Change Order for signatures of Owner and Contractor on [AIA Document G701] [form included in Project Manual].

1.6 CONSTRUCTION CHANGE DIRECTIVE

A. [Construction] [Work] Change Directive: [Architect] [Construction Manager] may issue a [Construction] [Work] Change Directive on [AIA Document G714] [EJCDC Document C-940] [form included in Project Manual]. [Construction] [Work]

Page 32: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590 Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES 01250 - 3/3

Change Directive instructs Contractor to proceed with a change in the Work, for subsequent inclusion in a Change Order.

1. [Construction] [Work] Change Directive contains a complete description of change in the Work. It also designates method to be followed to determine change in the Contract Sum or the Contract Time.

B. Documentation: Maintain detailed records on a time and material basis of work required by the [Construction] [Work] Change Directive.

1. After completion of change, submit an itemized account and supporting data necessary to substantiate cost and time adjustments to the Contract.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)

PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)

END OF SECTION 01250

Page 33: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590 Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

UNIT PRICES 01270 - 1/2

SECTION 01270 - UNIT PRICES

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for unit prices.

B. Related Section:

1. Division 1 Section "Contract Modification Procedures" for procedures for submitting and handling Change Orders.

1.2 DEFINITIONS

A. Unit price is[ an amount incorporated in the Agreement, applicable during the duration of the Work as] a price per unit of measurement for materials, equipment, or services, or a portion of the Work, added to or deducted from the Contract Sum by appropriate modification, if the scope of Work or estimated quantities of Work required by the Contract Documents are increased or decreased.

1.3 PROCEDURES

A. Unit prices include all necessary material, plus cost for delivery, installation, insurance, [applicable taxes, ]overhead, and profit.

B. Measurement and Payment: Refer to individual Specification Sections for work that requires establishment of unit prices. Methods of measurement and payment for unit prices are specified in those Sections.

C. Owner reserves the right to reject Contractor's measurement of work-in-place that involves use of established unit prices and to have this work measured, at Owner's expense, by an independent surveyor acceptable to Contractor.

D. List of Unit Prices: A schedule of unit prices is included in Part 3. Specification Sections referenced in the schedule contain requirements for materials described under each unit price.

Page 34: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590 Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

UNIT PRICES 01270 - 2/2

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 SCHEDULE OF UNIT PRICES

A. Unit Price No. <Insert unit-price number> - <Insert unit-price item>:

1. Description: <Insert unit-price item description> according to Division <Insert Division number> Section "<Insert Section title>."

2. Unit of Measurement: <Insert unit of measurement>. 3. Quantity Allowance: Coordinate unit price with allowance adjustment

requirements of Division 1 Section " Allowances."

END OF SECTION 01270

Page 35: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590 Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

PAYMENT PROCEDURES 01290 - 1/4

SECTION 01290 - PAYMENT PROCEDURES

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements necessary to prepare and process Applications for Payment.

1.2 SCHEDULE OF VALUES

A. Coordination: Coordinate preparation of the schedule of values with preparation of Contractor's construction schedule.[ Cost-loaded Critical Path Method Schedule may serve to satisfy requirements for the schedule of values.] 1. Correlate line items in the schedule of values with other required administrative

forms and schedules, including the following:

a. Application for Payment forms with continuation sheets. b. Submittal schedule. c. Items required to be indicated as separate activities in Contractor's

construction schedule. 2. Submit the schedule of values to Architect[ through Construction Manager] at

earliest possible date but no later than [seven] <Insert number> days before the date scheduled for submittal of initial Applications for Payment.

3. Subschedules for Phased Work: Where the Work is separated into phases requiring separately phased payments, provide subschedules showing values correlated with each phase of payment.

B. Format and Content: Use the Project Manual table of contents as a guide to establish line items for the schedule of values. Provide at least one line item for each Specification Section. 1. Identification: Include the following Project identification on the schedule of

values:

a. Project name and location. b. Name of Architect. c. Architect's project number. d. Contractor's name and address. e. Date of submittal.

2. Arrange schedule of values consistent with format of AIA Document G703 . 3. Provide a breakdown of the Contract Sum in enough detail to facilitate continued

evaluation of Applications for Payment and progress reports. Coordinate with the Project Manual table of contents. Provide multiple line items for principal subcontract amounts in excess of [five] <Insert percentage> percent of Contract Sum.

Page 36: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590 Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

PAYMENT PROCEDURES 01290 - 2/4

a. Include separate line items under Contractor and principal subcontracts for LEED documentation and other project closeout requirements in an amount totaling [five] <Insert percentage> percent of the Contract Sum and subcontract amount.

4. Round amounts to nearest whole dollar; total shall equal the Contract Sum. 5. Provide a separate line item in the schedule of values for each part of the Work

where Applications for Payment may include materials or equipment purchased or fabricated and stored, but not yet installed.

6. Provide separate line items in the schedule of values for initial cost of materials, for each subsequent stage of completion, and for total installed value of that part of the Work.

7. Allowances: Provide a separate line item in the schedule of values for each allowance. Show line-item value of unit-cost allowances, as a product of the unit cost, multiplied by measured quantity. Use information indicated in the Contract Documents to determine quantities.

8. Each item in the schedule of values and Applications for Payment shall be complete. Include total cost and proportionate share of general overhead and profit for each item.

a. Temporary facilities and other major cost items that are not direct cost of actual work-in-place may be shown either as separate line items in the schedule of values or distributed as general overhead expense, at Contractor's option.

9. Schedule Updating: Update and resubmit the schedule of values before the next Applications for Payment when Change Orders or Construction Change Directives result in a change in the Contract Sum.

10. LEED submittals: Update progress on LEED submittals including LEED plans and online templates.

1.3 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT

A. Each Application for Payment shall be consistent with previous applications and payments as certified by Architect[ and Construction Manager] and paid for by Owner. 1. Initial Application for Payment, Application for Payment at time of Substantial

Completion, and final Application for Payment involve additional requirements.

B. Payment Application Times: The date for each progress payment is indicated in the Agreement between Owner and Contractor. The period of construction work covered by each Application for Payment is the period indicated in the Agreement.

C. Payment Application Times: Progress payments shall be submitted to Architect by the <Insert day> of the month. The period covered by each Application for Payment is one month, ending on the [last day of the month] <Insert specific day of the month>.

D. Application for Payment Forms: Use [AIA Document G702 and AIA Document G703] [AIA Document G702/CMa and AIA Document G703] [EJCDC Document C-620] <Insert name and designation of other standard form> as form for Applications for Payment.

Page 37: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590 Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

PAYMENT PROCEDURES 01290 - 3/4

E. Application for Payment Forms: Use forms provided by Owner for Applications for Payment. Sample copies are included in the Project Manual.

F. Application Preparation: Complete every entry on form. Notarize and execute by a person authorized to sign legal documents on behalf of Contractor. [Architect] [Construction Manager] will return incomplete applications without action. 1. Entries shall match data on the schedule of values and Contractor's construction

schedule. Use updated schedules if revisions were made. 2. Include amounts of Change Orders and Construction Change Directives issued

before last day of construction period covered by application.

G. Transmittal: Submit [three] <Insert number> signed and notarized original copies of each Application for Payment to [Architect] [Construction Manager] by a method ensuring receipt[ within 24 hours]. One copy shall include waivers of lien and similar attachments if required. 1. Transmit each copy with a transmittal form listing attachments and recording

appropriate information about application.

H. Waivers of Mechanic's Lien: With each Application for Payment, submit waivers of mechanic's lien from entities lawfully entitled to file a mechanic's lien arising out of the Contract and related to the Work covered by the payment. 1. Submit partial waivers on each item for amount requested in previous

application, after deduction for retainage, on each item. 2. When an application shows completion of an item, submit conditional final or full

waivers. 3. Owner reserves the right to designate which entities involved in the Work must

submit waivers. 4. Waiver Forms: Submit waivers of lien on forms, executed in a manner

acceptable to Owner.

I. LEED Submittals: With each Application for Payment, provide LEED submittals progress update.

J. Initial Application for Payment: Administrative actions and submittals that must precede or coincide with submittal of first Application for Payment include the following: 1. List of subcontractors. 2. Schedule of values. 3. Contractor's construction schedule (preliminary if not final). 4. Schedule of unit prices. 5. Submittal schedule (preliminary if not final). 6. List of Contractor's staff assignments. 7. List of Contractor's principal consultants. 8. Copies of building permits. 9. Copies of authorizations and licenses from authorities having jurisdiction for

performance of the Work. 10. Initial progress report. 11. Report of preconstruction conference. 12. Certificates of insurance and insurance policies.

Page 38: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590 Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

PAYMENT PROCEDURES 01290 - 4/4

K. Application for Payment at Substantial Completion: After issuing the Certificate of Substantial Completion, submit an Application for Payment showing 100 percent completion for portion of the Work claimed as substantially complete. 1. Include documentation supporting claim that the Work is substantially complete

and a statement showing an accounting of changes to the Contract Sum. 2. This application shall reflect Certificates of Partial Substantial Completion issued

previously for Owner occupancy of designated portions of the Work.

L. Final Payment Application: Submit final Application for Payment with releases and supporting documentation not previously submitted and accepted, including, but not limited, to the following: 1. Evidence of completion of Project closeout requirements. 2. Evidence of completion of LEED submittals including online templates. 3. Insurance certificates for products and completed operations where required and

proof that taxes, fees, and similar obligations were paid. 4. Updated final statement, accounting for final changes to the Contract Sum. 5. AIA Document G706-1994, "Contractor's Affidavit of Payment of Debts and

Claims." 6. AIA Document G706A-1994, "Contractor's Affidavit of Release of Liens." 7. AIA Document G707-1994, "Consent of Surety to Final Payment." 8. Evidence that claims have been settled. 9. Final meter readings for utilities, a measured record of stored fuel, and similar

data as of date of Substantial Completion or when Owner took possession of and assumed responsibility for corresponding elements of the Work.

10. Final liquidated damages settlement statement.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)

PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)

END OF SECTION 01290

Page 39: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590 Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 01310 - 1/7

SECTION 01310 - PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section includes administrative provisions for coordinating construction operations on Project including, but not limited to, the following:

1. Coordination drawings. 2. Requests for Information (RFIs). 3. Project meetings.

B. Related Sections:

1. Division 1 Section "Summary of Multiple Contracts" for a description of the division of work among separate contracts and responsibility for coordination activities not in this Section.

2. Division 1 Section "Execution Requirements" for procedures for coordinating general installation and field-engineering services, including establishment of benchmarks and control points.

1.2 DEFINITIONS

A. RFI: Request from Owner, Construction Manager, Architect, or Contractor seeking information from each other during construction.

1.3 COORDINATION

A. Coordination: Coordinate construction operations included in different Sections of the Specifications to ensure efficient and orderly installation of each part of the Work. Coordinate construction operations, included in different Sections, that depend on each other for proper installation, connection, and operation.

1. Schedule construction operations in sequence required to obtain the best results where installation of one part of the Work depends on installation of other components, before or after its own installation.

2. Coordinate installation of different components to ensure maximum performance and accessibility for required maintenance, service, and repair.

3. Make adequate provisions to accommodate items scheduled for later installation.

B. Prepare memoranda for distribution to each party involved, outlining special procedures required for coordination. Include such items as required notices, reports, and list of attendees at meetings.

Page 40: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590 Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 01310 - 2/7

1. Prepare similar memoranda for Owner and separate contractors if coordination of their Work is required.

C. Administrative Procedures: Coordinate scheduling and timing of required administrative procedures with other construction activitiesand activities of other contractors to avoid conflicts and to ensure orderly progress of the Work. Such administrative activities include, but are not limited to, the following:

1. Preparation of Contractor's construction schedule. 2. Preparation of the schedule of values. 3. Installation and removal of temporary facilities and controls. 4. Delivery and processing of submittals. 5. Progress meetings. 6. Preinstallation conferences. 7. Project closeout activities. 8. Startup and adjustment of systems. 9. Project closeout activities.

1.4 REQUESTS FOR INFORMATION (RFIs)

A. General: Immediately on discovery of the need for additional information or interpretation of the Contract Documents, Contractor shall prepare and submit an RFI in the form specified.

1. Architect will return RFIs submitted to Architect by other entities controlled by Contractor with no response.

2. Coordinate and submit RFIs in a prompt manner so as to avoid delays in Contractor's work or work of subcontractors.

B. Content of the RFI: Include a detailed, legible description of item needing information or interpretation and the following:

1. Project name. 2. Project number. 3. Date. 4. Name of Contractor. 5. Name of Architect and Construction Manager. 6. RFI number, numbered sequentially. 7. RFI subject. 8. Specification Section number and title and related paragraphs, as appropriate. 9. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate. 10. Field dimensions and conditions, as appropriate. 11. Contractor's suggested resolution. If Contractor's solution(s) impacts the

Contract Time or the Contract Sum, Contractor shall state impact in the RFI. 12. Contractor's signature. 13. Attachments: Include sketches, descriptions, measurements, photos, Product

Data, Shop Drawings, coordination drawings, and other information necessary to fully describe items needing interpretation.

Page 41: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590 Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 01310 - 3/7

C. RFI Forms: Software-generated form with substantially the same content as indicated above, acceptable to Architect.

D. Architect's and Construction Manager's Action: Architect and Construction Manager will review each RFI, determine action required, and respond. Allow seven working days for Architect's response for each RFI. RFIs received by Architect or Construction Manager after 1:00 p.m. will be considered as received the following working day.

1. The following RFIs will be returned without action:

a. Requests for approval of submittals. b. Requests for approval of substitutions. c. Requests for coordination information already indicated in the Contract

Documents. d. Requests for adjustments in the Contract Time or the Contract Sum. e. Requests for interpretation of Architect's actions on submittals. f. Incomplete RFIs or inaccurately prepared RFIs.

2. Architect's action may include a request for additional information, in which case Architect's time for response will date from time of receipt of additional information.

3. Architect's action on RFIs that may result in a change to the Contract Time or the Contract Sum may be eligible for Contractor to submit Change Proposal according to Division 1 Section "Contract Modification Procedures."

a. If Contractor believes the RFI response warrants change in the Contract Time or the Contract Sum, notify Architect and Construction Manager in writing within 10 days of receipt of the RFI response.

E. On receipt of Architect's and Construction Manager's action, update the RFI log and immediately distribute the RFI response to affected parties. Review response and notify Architect and Construction Manager within seven days if Contractor disagrees with response.

F. RFI Log: Prepare, maintain, and submit a tabular log of RFIs organized by the RFI number. Submit log monthly. Software log with not less than the following:

1. Project name. 2. Name and address of Contractor. 3. Name and address of Architect and Construction Manager. 4. RFI number including RFIs that were dropped and not submitted. 5. RFI description. 6. Date the RFI was submitted. 7. Date Architect's and Construction Manager's response was received. 8. Identification of related Minor Change in the Work, Construction Change

Directive, and Proposal Request, as appropriate. 9. Identification of related Field Order, Work Change Directive, and Proposal

Request, as appropriate.

Page 42: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590 Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 01310 - 4/7

1.5 PROJECT MEETINGS

A. General: Construction Manager will schedule and conduct meetings and conferences at Project site, unless otherwise indicated.

1. Attendees: Inform participants and others involved, and individuals whose presence is required, of date and time of each meeting. Notify Owner and Architect of scheduled meeting dates and times.

2. Agenda: Prepare the meeting agenda. Distribute the agenda to all invited attendees.

3. Minutes: Entity responsible for conducting meeting will record significant discussions and agreements achieved. Distribute the meeting minutes to everyone concerned, including Owner, Construction Manager, and Architect, within five days of the meeting.

B. Preconstruction Conference: Construction Manager will schedule and conduct a preconstruction conference before starting construction, at a time convenient to Owner and Architect, but no later than 15 days after execution of the Agreement.

1. Attendees: Authorized representatives of Owner, Owner's Commissioning Authority, Construction Manager, and Architect, Contractor and its superintendent; major subcontractors; suppliers; and other concerned parties shall attend the conference. Participants at the conference shall be familiar with Project and authorized to conclude matters relating to the Work.

2. Agenda: Discuss items of significance that could affect progress, including the following:

a. Tentative construction schedule. b. Critical work sequencing and long-lead items. c. Designation of key personnel and their duties. d. Procedures for processing field decisions and Change Orders. e. Procedures for RFIs. f. Procedures for testing and inspecting. g. Procedures for processing Applications for Payment. h. Distribution of the Contract Documents. i. Submittal procedures. j. Sustainable design requirements. k. Preparation of record documents. l. Use of the premises and existing building. m. Work restrictions. n. Working hours. o. Responsibility for temporary facilities and controls. p. Procedures Indoor Air Quality Management Procedures including moisture

and mold control. q. Procedures for disruptions and shutdowns. r. Construction waste management and recycling. s. Parking availability. t. Office, work, and storage areas. u. Equipment deliveries and priorities. v. First aid. w. Security.

Page 43: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590 Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 01310 - 5/7

x. Progress cleaning.

3. Minutes: Entity responsible for conducting meeting will record and distribute meeting minutes.

C. Preinstallation Conferences: Conduct a preinstallation conference at Project site before each construction activity that requires coordination with other construction.

1. Attendees: Installer and representatives of manufacturers and fabricators involved in or affected by the installation and its coordination or integration with other materials and installations that have preceded or will follow, shall attend the meeting. Advise Architect, Construction Manager , and Owner's Commissioning Authority, of scheduled meeting dates.

2. Agenda: Review progress of other construction activities and preparations for the particular activity under consideration, including requirements for the following:

a. Contract Documents. b. Indoor Air Quality Management Plan and other required LEED plans. c. LEED requirements. d. Options. e. Related RFIs. f. Related Change Orders. g. Purchases, including LEED-compliant materials. h. Deliveries. i. Submittals. j. Review of mockups. k. Possible conflicts. l. Compatibility problems. m. Time schedules. n. Weather limitations. o. Manufacturer's written recommendations. p. Warranty requirements. q. Compatibility of materials. r. Acceptability of substrates. s. Temporary facilities and controls. t. Space and access limitations. u. Regulations of authorities having jurisdiction. v. Testing and inspecting requirements. w. Installation procedures. x. Coordination with other work. y. Required performance results. z. Protection of adjacent work. aa. Protection of construction and personnel.

3. Record significant conference discussions, agreements, and disagreements, including required corrective measures and actions.

4. Reporting: Distribute minutes of the meeting to each party present and to other parties requiring information.

Page 44: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590 Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 01310 - 6/7

5. Do not proceed with installation if the conference cannot be successfully concluded. Initiate whatever actions are necessary to resolve impediments to performance of the Work and reconvene the conference at earliest feasible date.

D. Progress Meetings: Construction Manager will conduct progress meetings at weekly intervals.

1. Attendees: In addition to representatives of Owner, Owner's Commissioning Authority , Construction Manager, and Architect, each contractor, subcontractor, supplier, and other entity concerned with current progress or involved in planning, coordination, or performance of future activities shall be represented at these meetings. All participants at the meeting shall be familiar with Project and authorized to conclude matters relating to the Work.

2. Agenda: Review and correct or approve minutes of previous progress meeting. Review other items of significance that could affect progress. Include topics for discussion as appropriate to status of Project.

a. Contractor's Construction Schedule: Review progress since the last meeting. Determine whether each activity is on time, ahead of schedule, or behind schedule, in relation to Contractor's construction schedule. Determine how construction behind schedule will be expedited; secure commitments from parties involved to do so. Discuss whether schedule revisions are required to ensure that current and subsequent activities will be completed within the Contract Time.

1) Review schedule for next period.

b. Review present and future needs of each entity present, including the following:

1) Interface requirements. 2) Sequence of operations. 3) Status of submittals. 4) Deliveries. 5) Off-site fabrication. 6) Access. 7) Site utilization. 8) Temporary facilities and controls. 9) Progress cleaning. 10) Quality and work standards. 11) Status of correction of deficient items. 12) Field observations. 13) Status of RFIs. 14) Status of proposal requests. 15) Pending changes. 16) Status of Change Orders. 17) Pending claims and disputes. 18) Documentation of information for payment requests, including LEED

documentation progress.

Page 45: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590 Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 01310 - 7/7

3. Minutes: Entity responsible for conducting the meeting will record and distribute the meeting minutes to each party present and to parties requiring information.

a. Schedule Updating: Revise Contractor's construction schedule after each progress meeting where revisions to the schedule have been made or recognized. Issue revised schedule concurrently with the report of each meeting.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)

PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)

END OF SECTION 01310

Page 46: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590 Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 01320 - 1/8

SECTION 01320 - CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for documenting the progress of construction during performance of the Work, including the following:

1. Contractor's construction schedule. 2. Daily construction reports. 3. Field condition reports.

B. Related Section:

1. Division 1 Section "Summary of Multiple Contracts" for preparing a combined Contractor's Construction Schedule.

1.2 DEFINITIONS

A. Activity: A discrete part of a project that can be identified for planning, scheduling, monitoring, and controlling the construction project. Activities included in a construction schedule consume time and resources.

1. Critical Activity: An activity on the critical path that must start and finish on the planned early start and finish times.

2. Predecessor Activity: An activity that precedes another activity in the network. 3. Successor Activity: An activity that follows another activity in the network.

B. CPM: Critical path method, which is a method of planning and scheduling a construction project where activities are arranged based on activity relationships. Network calculations determine when activities can be performed and the critical path of the Project.

C. Critical Path: The longest connected chain of interdependent activities through the network schedule that establishes the minimum overall Project duration and contains no float.

D. Float: The measure of leeway in starting and completing an activity.

1. Float time [belongs to Owner] [is not for the exclusive use or benefit of either Owner or Contractor, but is a jointly owned, expiring Project resource available to both parties as needed to meet schedule milestones and Contract completion date].

Page 47: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590 Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 01320 - 2/8

1.3 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS

A. Format for Submittals: Submit required submittals in the following format: 1. [Six] <Insert number> paper copies.

B. Start-up Network Diagram: Of size required to display entire network for entire construction period. Show logic ties for activities.

C. Contractor's Construction Schedule: Initial schedule, of size required to display entire schedule for entire construction period.

1. Submit a working electronic copy of schedule, using software indicated, and labeled to comply with requirements for submittals. Include type of schedule (initial or updated) and date on label.

D. CPM Reports: Concurrent with CPM schedule, submit each of the following reports. Format for each activity in reports shall contain activity number, activity description, original duration, remaining duration, early start date, early finish date, late start date, late finish date, and total float in calendar days.

1. Activity Report: List of all activities sorted by activity number and then early start date, or actual start date if known.

2. Logic Report: List of preceding and succeeding activities for all activities, sorted in ascending order by activity number and then early start date, or actual start date if known.

3. Total Float Report: List of all activities sorted in ascending order of total float. 4. Earnings Report: Compilation of Contractor's total earnings from

[commencement of the Work] [the Notice to Proceed] until most recent Application for Payment.

E. Daily Construction Reports: Submit at [weekly] [monthly] intervals.

F. Field Condition Reports: Submit at time of discovery of differing conditions.

G. LEED Construction Progress Reports: Summary of progress in achieving Waste Management goals, Materials & Resource credits, Indoor Environmental Quality credits and other LEED submittals.

1.4 COORDINATION

A. Coordinate preparation and processing of schedules and reports with performance of construction activities and with scheduling and reporting of separate contractors.

B. Coordinate Contractor's construction schedule with the schedule of values,[list of subcontracts,] submittal schedule, progress reports, payment requests, and other required schedules and reports.

1. Secure time commitments for performing critical elements of the Work from entities involved.

Page 48: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590 Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 01320 - 3/8

2. Coordinate each construction activity in the network with other activities and schedule them in proper sequence.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE, GENERAL

A. Time Frame: Extend schedule from date established for [commencement of the Work] [the Notice of Award] [the Notice to Proceed] to date of [Substantial Completion] [final completion].

1. Contract completion date shall not be changed by submission of a schedule that shows an early completion date, unless specifically authorized by Change Order.

B. Activities: Treat each story or separate area as a separate numbered activity for each principal element of the Work. Comply with the following:

1. Activity Duration: Define activities so no activity is longer than [20] <Insert number> days, unless specifically allowed by Architect.

2. Procurement Activities: Include procurement process activities for the following long lead items and major items, requiring a cycle of more than 60 days, as separate activities in schedule. Procurement cycle activities include, but are not limited to, submittals, approvals, purchasing, fabrication, and delivery.

a. <Insert list of major items or pieces of equipment>.

3. Submittal Review Time: Include review and resubmittal times indicated in Division 1 Section "Submittal Procedures" in schedule. Coordinate submittal review times in Contractor's construction schedule with submittal schedule.

4. Startup and Testing Time: Include not less than [15] <Insert number> days for startup and testing.

5. Substantial Completion: Indicate completion in advance of date established for Substantial Completion, and allow time for Architect's[ and Construction Manager's] administrative procedures necessary for certification of Substantial Completion.

6. Punch List and Final Completion: Include not more than [30] <Insert number> days for punch list and final completion.

C. Constraints: Include constraints and work restrictions indicated in the Contract Documents and as follows in schedule, and show how the sequence of the Work is affected.

1. Phasing: Arrange list of activities on schedule by phase. 2. Work under More Than One Contract: Include a separate activity for each

contract. 3. Work by Owner: Include a separate activity for each portion of the Work

performed by Owner. 4. Work Restrictions: Show the effect of the following items on the schedule:

Page 49: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590 Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 01320 - 4/8

a. Coordination with existing construction. b. Limitations of continued occupancies. c. Uninterruptible services. d. Partial occupancy before Substantial Completion. e. Use of premises restrictions. f. Provisions for future construction. g. Seasonal variations. h. Environmental control.

5. Work Stages: Indicate important stages of construction for each major portion of the Work.

6. Other Constraints: <Insert additional constraints not indicated elsewhere>.

D. Milestones: Include milestones indicated in the Contract Documents in schedule, including, but not limited to, the Notice to Proceed, Substantial Completion, and final completion[.][, and the following interim milestones:]

1. <Insert additional milestones not indicated elsewhere>.

E. Upcoming Work Summary: Prepare summary report indicating activities scheduled to occur or commence prior to submittal of next schedule update. Summarize the following issues:

1. Unresolved issues. 2. Unanswered RFIs. 3. Rejected or unreturned submittals. 4. Notations on returned submittals.

F. Recovery Schedule: When periodic update indicates the Work is [14] <Insert number> or more calendar days behind the current approved schedule, submit a separate recovery schedule indicating means by which Contractor intends to regain compliance with the schedule.

G. Computer Scheduling Software: Prepare schedules using current version of a program that has been developed specifically to manage construction schedules.

1. Utilize [Microsoft Project] [Primavera] [Prolog] [scheduling component of project Web site software specified in Division 1 Section " Project Management and Coordination"] <Insert name of specific software>, for [Windows XP] [Windows Vista] [Macintosh OS X] operating system.

2.2 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE (GANTT CHART)

A. Gantt-Chart Schedule: Submit a comprehensive, fully developed, horizontal Gantt-chart-type, Contractor's construction schedule within [30] <Insert number> days of date established for [commencement of the Work] [the Notice to Proceed] [the Notice of Award].

B. Preparation: Indicate each significant construction activity separately. Identify first workday of each week with a continuous vertical line.

Page 50: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590 Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 01320 - 5/8

1. For construction activities that require three months or longer to complete, indicate an estimated completion percentage in [10] <Insert number> percent increments within time bar.

2.3 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE (CPM SCHEDULE)

A. General: Prepare network diagrams using AON (activity-on-node) format.

B. Start-up Network Diagram: Submit diagram within [14] <Insert number> days of date established for [commencement of the Work] [the Notice to Proceed] [the Notice of Award]. Outline significant construction activities for the first [90] <Insert number> days of construction. Include skeleton diagram for the remainder of the Work and a cash requirement prediction based on indicated activities.

C. CPM Schedule: Prepare Contractor's construction schedule using a[ cost- and resource-loaded,] time-scaled CPM network analysis diagram for the Work.

1. Develop network diagram in sufficient time to submit CPM schedule so it can be accepted for use no later than [60] <Insert number> days after date established for [commencement of the Work] [the Notice to Proceed] [the Notice of Award].

a. Failure to include any work item required for performance of this Contract shall not excuse Contractor from completing all work within applicable completion dates, regardless of Architect's approval of the schedule.

2. Establish procedures for monitoring and updating CPM schedule and for reporting progress. Coordinate procedures with progress meeting and payment request dates.

3. Use "one workday" as the unit of time for individual activities. Indicate nonworking days and holidays incorporated into the schedule in order to correlate with Contract Time.

D. CPM Schedule Preparation: Prepare a list of all activities required to complete the Work. Using the start-up network diagram, prepare a skeleton network to identify probable critical paths.

1. Activities: Indicate the estimated time duration, sequence requirements, and relationship of each activity in relation to other activities. Include estimated time frames for the following activities:

a. Preparation and processing of submittals. b. Mobilization and demobilization. c. Purchase of materials. d. Delivery. e. Fabrication. f. Utility interruptions. g. Installation. h. Work by Owner that may affect or be affected by Contractor's activities. i. Testing and commissioning.

Page 51: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590 Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 01320 - 6/8

j. Punch list and final completion. k. Activities occurring following final completion.

2. Critical Path Activities: Identify critical path activities, including those for interim completion dates. Scheduled start and completion dates shall be consistent with Contract milestone dates.

3. Processing: Process data to produce output data on a computer-drawn, time-scaled network. Revise data, reorganize activity sequences, and reproduce as often as necessary to produce the CPM schedule within the limitations of the Contract Time.

4. Format: Mark the critical path. Locate the critical path near center of network; locate paths with most float near the edges.

a. Subnetworks on separate sheets are permissible for activities clearly off the critical path.

E. Contract Modifications: For each proposed contract modification and concurrent with its submission, prepare a time-impact analysis using a network fragment to demonstrate the effect of the proposed change on the overall project schedule.

F. Initial Issue of Schedule: Prepare initial network diagram from a sorted activity list indicating straight "early start-total float." Identify critical activities. Prepare tabulated reports showing the following:

1. Contractor or subcontractor and the Work or activity. 2. Description of activity. 3. Principal events of activity. 4. Immediate preceding and succeeding activities. 5. Early and late start dates. 6. Early and late finish dates. 7. Activity duration in workdays. 8. Total float or slack time. 9. Average size of workforce. 10. Dollar value of activity (coordinated with the schedule of values).

G. Schedule Updating: Concurrent with making revisions to schedule, prepare tabulated reports showing the following:

1. Identification of activities that have changed. 2. Changes in early and late start dates. 3. Changes in early and late finish dates. 4. Changes in activity durations in workdays. 5. Changes in the critical path. 6. Changes in total float or slack time. 7. Changes in the Contract Time.

2.4 REPORTS

A. Daily Construction Reports: Prepare a daily construction report recording the following information concerning events at Project site:

Page 52: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590 Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 01320 - 7/8

1. List of subcontractors at Project site. 2. List of separate contractors at Project site. 3. Approximate count of personnel at Project site. 4. Equipment at Project site. 5. Material deliveries. 6. High and low temperatures and general weather conditions, including presence

of rain or snow. 7. Accidents. 8. Meetings and significant decisions. 9. Unusual events. 10. Stoppages, delays, shortages, and losses. 11. Meter readings and similar recordings. 12. Emergency procedures. 13. Orders and requests of authorities having jurisdiction. 14. Change Orders received and implemented. 15. Construction Change Directives received and implemented. 16. Services connected and disconnected. 17. Equipment or system tests and startups. 18. Partial completions and occupancies. 19. Substantial Completions authorized.

B. Field Condition Reports: Immediately on discovery of a difference between field conditions and the Contract Documents, prepare and submit a detailed report. Submit with a Request for Information. Include a detailed description of the differing conditions, together with recommendations for changing the Contract Documents.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE

A. Contractor's Construction Schedule Updating: At [monthly] <Insert time> intervals, update schedule to reflect actual construction progress and activities. Issue schedule [one week] <Insert time> before each regularly scheduled progress meeting.

1. Revise schedule immediately after each meeting or other activity where revisions have been recognized or made. Issue updated schedule concurrently with the report of each such meeting.

2. Include a report with updated schedule that indicates every change, including, but not limited to, changes in logic, durations, actual starts and finishes, and activity durations.

3. As the Work progresses, indicate final completion percentage for each activity.

B. Distribution: Distribute copies of approved schedule to Architect, Construction Manager, Owner, separate contractors, testing and inspecting agencies, and other parties identified by Contractor with a need-to-know schedule responsibility.

1. Post copies in Project meeting rooms and temporary field offices. 2. When revisions are made, distribute updated schedules to the same parties and

post in the same locations. Delete parties from distribution when they have

Page 53: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590 Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 01320 - 8/8

completed their assigned portion of the Work and are no longer involved in performance of construction activities.

END OF SECTION 01320

Page 54: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590 Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION 01322 - 1/4

SECTION 01322 - PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for the following:

1. Preconstruction photographs. 2. Periodic construction photographs.

B. Related Sections:

1. Division 1 Section "Closeout Procedures" for submitting photographic documentation as Project Record Documents at Project closeout.

1.2 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS

A. Key Plan: Submit key plan of Project site and building with notation of vantage points marked for location and direction of each [photograph] [video recording]. Indicate elevation or story of construction. Include same information as corresponding photographic documentation.

B. Digital Photographs: Submit image files within [three] <Insert number> days of taking photographs.

1. Digital Camera: Minimum sensor resolution of [8] megapixels. 2. Identification: Provide the following information with each image description in

file metadata tag:

a. Name of Project. b. Name and contact information for photographer. c. Date photograph was taken. d. Description of vantage point, indicating location, direction (by compass

point), and elevation or story of construction.

C. Construction Photographs: Submit [two] <Insert number> prints of each photographic view within [seven] <Insert number> days of taking photographs.

1. Format: 8-by-10-inch smooth-surface matte prints on single-weight commercial-grade photographic paper, [mounted on linen or card stock to allow a 1-inch- wide margin and] [enclosed back to back in clear plastic sleeves that are] punched for standard three-ring binder.

2. Identification: On back of each print, provide an applied label or rubber-stamped impression with the following information:

a. Name of Project.

Page 55: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590 Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION 01322 - 2/4

b. Name and contact information for photographer. c. Name of Architect[ and Construction Manager]. d. Name of Contractor. e. Date photograph was taken if not date stamped by camera. f. Description of vantage point, indicating location, direction (by compass

point), and elevation or story of construction. g. Unique sequential identifier keyed to accompanying key plan.

1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Photographer Qualifications: An individual who has been regularly engaged as a professional photographer of construction projects for not less than three years.

1.4 COORDINATION

A. Auxiliary Services: Cooperate with photographer and provide auxiliary services requested, including access to Project site and use of temporary facilities, including temporary lighting required to produce clear, well-lit photographs.

1.5 USAGE RIGHTS

A. Obtain and transfer copyright usage rights from photographer to Owner for unlimited reproduction of photographic documentation.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 PHOTOGRAPHIC MEDIA

A. Digital Images: Provide images in JPG format, with minimum size of [8] <Insert sensor size> megapixels.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS

A. Photographer: Engage a qualified photographer to take construction photographs.

B. General: Take photographs using the maximum range of depth of field, and that are in focus, to clearly show the Work. Photographs with blurry or out-of-focus areas will not be accepted.

1. Maintain key plan with each set of construction photographs that identifies each photographic location.

Page 56: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590 Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION 01322 - 3/4

C. Digital Images: Submit digital images exactly as originally recorded in the digital camera, without alteration, manipulation, editing, or modifications using image-editing software.

1. Date and Time: Include date and time in file name for each image. 2. Field Office Images: Maintain one set of images accessible in the field office at

Project site, available at all times for reference. Identify images in the same manner as those submitted to Architect[ and Construction Manager].

D. Preconstruction Photographs: Before [commencement of excavation] [commencement of demolition] [starting construction], take photographs of Project site and surrounding properties, including existing items to remain during construction, from different vantage points, as directed by [Architect] [Construction Manager].

1. Flag [excavation areas] [construction limits] before taking construction photographs.

2. Take [20] <Insert number> photographs to show existing conditions adjacent to property before starting the Work.

3. Take [20] <Insert number> photographs of existing buildings either on or adjoining property to accurately record physical conditions at start of construction.

E. Periodic Construction Photographs: Take [20] <Insert number> photographs [monthly, coinciding] [weekly, with timing each month adjusted to coincide] <Insert time interval> with the cutoff date associated with each Application for Payment. Select vantage points to show status of construction and progress since last photographs were taken.

F. Indoor Air Quality Management Photographs: Take a set of eight photos minimum at three different times during construction that document the Indoor Air Quality Management goals and Materials & Resource and Indoor Environmental Quality Credits.

G. Final Completion Construction Photographs: Take [20] <Insert number> color photographs after date of Substantial Completion for submission as Project Record Documents. [Architect] [Construction Manager] will inform photographer of desired vantage points.

H. Additional Photographs: Architect[ or Construction Manager] may request photographs in addition to periodic photographs specified. Additional photographs will be paid for by Change Order and are not included in the Contract Sum[ or in the allowance for construction photographs].

1. Three days' notice will be given, where feasible. 2. In emergency situations, take additional photographs within 24 hours of request. 3. Circumstances that could require additional photographs include, but are not

limited to, the following:

a. Special events planned at Project site. b. Immediate follow-up when on-site events result in construction damage or

losses.

Page 57: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590 Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION 01322 - 4/4

c. Photographs to be taken at fabrication locations away from Project site. These photographs are not subject to unit prices or unit-cost allowances.

d. Substantial Completion of a major phase or component of the Work. e. Extra record photographs at time of final acceptance. f. Owner's request for special publicity photographs.

END OF SECTION 01322

Page 58: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590 Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01330 - 1/9

SECTION 01330 - SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section includes requirements for the submittal schedule and administrative and procedural requirements for submitting Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples, and other submittals.

B. Related Sections:

1. Division 1 Section "Construction Progress Documentation" for submitting schedules and reports, including Contractor's construction schedule.

2. Division 1 Section “LEED Requirements” for submitting LEED plans, online templates and other LEED items.

3. Division 1 Section "Project Record Documents" for submitting record Drawings, record Specifications, and record Product Data.

4. Division 1 Section "Operation and Maintenance Data" for submitting operation and maintenance manuals.

5. Division 1 Section "Demonstration and Training" for submitting video recordings of demonstration of equipment and training of Owner's personnel.

1.2 DEFINITIONS

A. Action Submittals: Written and graphic information and physical samples that require Architect's and Construction Manager's responsive action.

B. Informational Submittals: Written and graphic information and physical samples that do not require Architect's and Construction Manager's responsive action. Submittals may be rejected for not complying with requirements.

1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS

A. Submittal Schedule: Submit a schedule of submittals, arranged in chronological order by dates required by construction schedule. Include time required for review, ordering, manufacturing, fabrication, and delivery when establishing dates. Include additional time required for making corrections or modifications to submittals noted by the Architect and Construction Manager and additional time for handling and reviewing submittals required by those corrections.

1.4 SUBMITTAL ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS

A. Architect's Digital Data Files: Electronic copies of CAD Drawings of the Contract Drawings will not be provided by Architect for Contractor's use in preparing submittals.

Page 59: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590 Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01330 - 2/9

B. Coordination: Coordinate preparation and processing of submittals with performance of construction activities.

1. Coordinate each submittal with fabrication, purchasing, testing, delivery, other submittals, and related activities that require sequential activity.

2. Coordinate transmittal of different types of submittals for related parts of the Work so processing will not be delayed because of need to review submittals concurrently for coordination.

a. Architect and Construction Manager reserve the right to withhold action on a submittal requiring coordination with other submittals until related submittals are received.

C. Processing Time: Allow time for submittal review, including time for resubmittals, as follows. Time for review shall commence on [Architect's] [Construction Manager's] receipt of submittal. No extension of the Contract Time will be authorized because of failure to transmit submittals enough in advance of the Work to permit processing, including resubmittals.

1. Initial Review: Allow 15 days for initial review of each submittal. Allow additional time if coordination with subsequent submittals is required. [Architect] [Construction Manager] will advise Contractor when a submittal being processed must be delayed for coordination.

2. Intermediate Review: If intermediate submittal is necessary, process it in same manner as initial submittal.

3. Resubmittal Review: Allow 15 days for review of each resubmittal.

D. Identification and Information: Place a permanent label or title block on each paper copy submittal item for identification.

1. Indicate name of firm or entity that prepared each submittal on label or title block. 2. Provide a space approximately 6 by 8 inches on label or beside title block to

record Contractor's review and approval markings and action taken by Architect and Construction Manager.

3. Include the following information for processing and recording action taken:

a. Project name. b. Date. c. Name of Architect. d. Name of Construction Manager. e. Name of Contractor. f. Name of subcontractor. g. Name of supplier. h. Name of manufacturer. i. Submittal number or other unique identifier, including revision identifier.

1) Submittal number shall use Specification Section number followed by a decimal point and then a sequential number (e.g., 06100.01). Resubmittals shall include an alphabetic suffix after another decimal point (e.g., 06100.01.A).

Page 60: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590 Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01330 - 3/9

j. Number and title of appropriate Specification Section. k. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate. l. Location(s) where product is to be installed, as appropriate. m. Other necessary identification.

E. Options: Identify options requiring selection by the Architect.

F. Deviations: Identify deviations from the Contract Documents on submittals.

G. Additional Paper Copies: Unless additional copies are required for final submittal, and unless Architect or Construction Manager observes noncompliance with provisions in the Contract Documents, initial submittal may serve as final submittal.

1. Submit one copy of submittal to concurrent reviewer in addition to specified number of copies to Architect and Construction Manager.

H. Transmittal: Assemble each submittal individually and appropriately for transmittal and handling. Transmit each submittal using a transmittal form. Architect and Construction Manager will discard submittals received from sources other than Contractor.

1. Transmittal Form: Use [AIA Document G810] [CSI Form 12.1A] [facsimile of sample form included in Project Manual].

2. On an attached separate sheet, prepared on Contractor's letterhead, record relevant information, requests for data, revisions other than those requested by Architect and Construction Manager on previous submittals, and deviations from requirements in the Contract Documents, including minor variations and limitations. Include same identification information as related submittal.

I. Resubmittals: Make resubmittals in same form and number of copies as initial submittal.

1. Note date and content of previous submittal. 2. Note date and content of revision in label or title block and clearly indicate extent

of revision. 3. Resubmit submittals until they are marked with approval notation from

Architect'sand Construction Manager's action stamp.

J. Distribution: Furnish copies of final submittals to manufacturers, subcontractors, suppliers, fabricators, installers, authorities having jurisdiction, and others as necessary for performance of construction activities. Show distribution on transmittal forms.

K. Use for Construction: Use only final submittals that are marked with approval notation from Architect'sand Construction Manager's action stamp.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES

A. General Submittal Procedure Requirements:

Page 61: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590 Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01330 - 4/9

1. Action Submittals: Submit six paper copies of each submittal, unless otherwise indicated. Architect, through Construction Manager, will return three copies.

2. Informational Submittals: Submit three paper copies of each submittal, unless otherwise indicated. Architect and Construction Manager will not return copies.

3. Closeout Submittals and Maintenance Material Submittals: Comply with requirements specified in Division 1 Section "Closeout Procedures."

4. Certificates and Certifications Submittals: Provide a statement that includes signature of entity responsible for preparing certification. Certificates and certifications shall be signed by an officer or other individual authorized to sign documents on behalf of that entity. a. Provide a notarized statement on original paper copy certificates and

certifications where indicated.

5. Test and Inspection Reports Submittals: Comply with requirements specified in Division 1 Section "Quality Requirements."

B. Product Data: Collect information into a single submittal for each element of construction and type of product or equipment.

1. If information must be specially prepared for submittal because standard published data are not suitable for use, submit as Shop Drawings, not as Product Data.

2. Mark each copy of each submittal to show which products and options are applicable.

3. Include the following information, as applicable:

a. Manufacturer's catalog cuts. b. Manufacturer's product specifications. c. Standard color charts. d. Statement of compliance with specified referenced standards. e. Testing by recognized testing agency. f. Application of testing agency labels and seals. g. Notation of coordination requirements. h. Availability and delivery time information.

4. For equipment, include the following in addition to the above, as applicable:

a. Wiring diagrams showing factory-installed wiring. b. Printed performance curves. c. Operational range diagrams. d. Clearances required to other construction, if not indicated on

accompanying Shop Drawings.

5. Submit Product Data before or concurrent with Samples. 6. Submit Product Data in the following format:

a. Six paper copies of Product Data, unless otherwise indicated. Architect, through Construction Manager, will return Three copies.

C. Shop Drawings: Prepare Project-specific information, drawn accurately to scale. Do not base Shop Drawings on reproductions of the Contract Documents or standard printed data.

Page 62: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590 Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01330 - 5/9

1. Preparation: Fully illustrate requirements in the Contract Documents. Include the following information, as applicable:

a. Identification of products. b. Schedules. c. Compliance with specified standards. d. Notation of coordination requirements. e. Notation of dimensions established by field measurement. f. Relationship and attachment to adjoining construction clearly indicated. g. Seal and signature of professional engineer if specified.

2. Sheet Size: Except for templates, patterns, and similar full-size drawings, submit Shop Drawings on sheets at least 8-1/2 by 11 inches but no larger than 30 by 42 inches.

3. Submit Shop Drawings in the following format: a. Six opaque copies of each submittal. Architect and Construction Manager

will retain three copies; remainder will be returned.

D. Samples: Submit Samples for review of kind, color, pattern, and texture for a check of these characteristics with other elements and for a comparison of these characteristics between submittal and actual component as delivered and installed.

1. Transmit Samples that contain multiple, related components such as accessories together in one submittal package.

2. Identification: Attach label on unexposed side of Samples that includes the following:

a. Generic description of Sample. b. Product name and name of manufacturer. c. Sample source. d. Number and title of applicable Specification Section.

3. Disposition: Maintain sets of approved Samples at Project site, available for quality-control comparisons throughout the course of construction activity. Sample sets may be used to determine final acceptance of construction associated with each set.

a. Samples that may be incorporated into the Work are indicated in individual Specification Sections. Such Samples must be in an undamaged condition at time of use.

b. Samples not incorporated into the Work, or otherwise designated as Owner's property, are the property of Contractor.

4. Samples for Initial Selection: Submit manufacturer's color charts consisting of units or sections of units showing the full range of colors, textures, and patterns available.

a. Number of Samples: Submit six full set(s) of available choices where color, pattern, texture, or similar characteristics are required to be selected from manufacturer's product line. Architect, through Construction Manager, will return submittal with options selected.

Page 63: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590 Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01330 - 6/9

5. Samples for Verification: Submit full-size units or Samples of size indicated, prepared from same material to be used for the Work, cured and finished in manner specified, and physically identical with material or product proposed for use, and that show full range of color and texture variations expected. Samples include, but are not limited to, the following: partial sections of manufactured or fabricated components; small cuts or containers of materials; complete units of repetitively used materials; swatches showing color, texture, and pattern; color range sets; and components used for independent testing and inspection.

a. Number of Samples: Submit three sets of Samples. Architect and Construction Manager will retain two Sample sets; remainder will be returned. Mark up and retain one returned Sample set as a Project record sample.

1) If variation in color, pattern, texture, or other characteristic is inherent in material or product represented by a Sample, submit at least three sets of paired units that show approximate limits of variations.

E. Product Schedule: As required in individual Specification Sections, prepare a written summary indicating types of products required for the Work and their intended location. Include the following information in tabular form:

1. Submit product schedule in the following format: a. Six paper copies of product schedule or list, unless otherwise indicated.

Architect, through Construction Manager, will return three copies.

F. Contractor's Construction Schedule: Comply with requirements specified in Division 1 Section "Construction Progress Documentation."

G. Subcontract List: Prepare a written summary identifying individuals or firms proposed for each portion of the Work, including those who are to furnish products or equipment fabricated to a special design.

1. Submit subcontract list in the following format: a. Number of Copies: Six paper copies of subcontractor list, unless otherwise

indicated. Architect, through Construction Manager, will return three copies.

H. LEED Submittals: Comply with requirements specified in Division 1 Section "LEED Requirements."

1. Submit LEED submittals in the following format:

a. PDF electronic file. b. Three paper copies of LEED submittals, unless otherwise indicated.

I. Coordination Drawings: Comply with requirements specified in Division 1 Section "Project Management and Coordination."

J. Qualification Data: Prepare written information that demonstrates capabilities and experience of firm or person. Include lists of completed projects with project names

Page 64: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590 Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01330 - 7/9

and addresses, contact information of architects and owners, and other information specified.

K. Welding Certificates: Prepare written certification that welding procedures and personnel comply with requirements in the Contract Documents. Submit record of Welding Procedure Specification and Procedure Qualification Record on American Welding Society (AWS) forms. Include names of firms and personnel certified.

L. Installer Certificates: Submit written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that Installer complies with requirements in the Contract Documents and, where required, is authorized by manufacturer for this specific Project.

M. Manufacturer Certificates: Submit written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that manufacturer complies with requirements in the Contract Documents. Include evidence of manufacturing experience where required.

N. Product Certificates: Submit written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that product complies with requirements in the Contract Documents.

O. Material Certificates: Submit written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that material complies with requirements in the Contract Documents.

P. Material Test Reports: Submit reports written by a qualified testing agency, on testing agency's standard form, indicating and interpreting test results of material for compliance with requirements in the Contract Documents.

Q. Product Test Reports: Submit written reports indicating current product produced by manufacturer complies with requirements in the Contract Documents. Base reports on evaluation of tests performed by manufacturer and witnessed by a qualified testing agency, or on comprehensive tests performed by a qualified testing agency.

R. Research Reports: Submit written evidence, from a model code organization acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, that product complies with building code in effect for Project.

S. Schedule of Tests and Inspections: Comply with requirements specified in Division 1 Section "Quality Requirements."

T. Preconstruction Test Reports: Submit reports written by a qualified testing agency, on testing agency's standard form, indicating and interpreting results of tests performed before installation of product, for compliance with performance requirements in the Contract Documents.

U. Compatibility Test Reports: Submit reports written by a qualified testing agency, on testing agency's standard form, indicating and interpreting results of compatibility tests performed before installation of product. Include written recommendations for primers and substrate preparation needed for adhesion.

V. Field Test Reports: Submit reports indicating and interpreting results of field tests performed either during installation of product or after product is installed in its final location, for compliance with requirements in the Contract Documents.

Page 65: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590 Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01330 - 8/9

W. Maintenance Data: Comply with requirements specified in Division 1 Section "Operation and Maintenance Data."

X. Design Data: Prepare and submit written and graphic information, including, but not limited to, performance and design criteria, list of applicable codes and regulations, and calculations. Include list of assumptions and other performance and design criteria and a summary of loads. Include load diagrams if applicable. Provide name and version of software, if any, used for calculations. Include page numbers.

2.2 DELEGATED-DESIGN SERVICES

A. Performance and Design Criteria: Where professional design services or certifications by a design professional are specifically required of Contractor by the Contract Documents, provide products and systems complying with specific performance and design criteria indicated.

1. If criteria indicated are not sufficient to perform services or certification required, submit a written request for additional information to Architect.

B. Delegated-Design Services Certification: In addition to Shop Drawings, Product Data, and other required submittals, submit six paper copies of certificate, signed and sealed by the responsible design professional, for each product and system specifically assigned to Contractor to be designed or certified by a design professional.

1. Indicate that products and systems comply with performance and design criteria in the Contract Documents. Include list of codes, loads, and other factors used in performing these services.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 CONTRACTOR'S REVIEW

A. Action and Informational Submittals: Review each submittal and check for coordination with other Work of the Contract and for compliance with the Contract Documents. Note corrections and field dimensions. Mark with approval stamp before submitting to Architect and Construction Manager.

B. Project Closeout and Maintenance/Material Submittals: Refer to requirements in Division 1 Section "Closeout Procedures."

C. Approval Stamp: Stamp each submittal with a uniform, approval stamp. Include Project name and location, submittal number, Specification Section title and number, name of reviewer, date of Contractor's approval, and statement certifying that submittal has been reviewed, checked, and approved for compliance with the Contract Documents.

Page 66: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590 Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01330 - 9/9

3.2 ARCHITECT'S AND CONSTRUCTION MANAGER'S ACTION

A. General: Architect and Construction Manager will not review submittals that do not bear Contractor's approval stamp and will return them without action.

B. Action Submittals: Architect and Construction Manager will review each submittal, make marks to indicate corrections or modifications required, and return it. Architect and Construction Manager will stamp each submittal with an action stamp and will mark stamp appropriately to indicate action, as follows:

1. “NO EXCEPTION TAKEN”: Proceed with fabrication, purchase, or both of items include in submittal.

2. “MAKE CORRECTIONS NOTED”: Proceed with fabrication, purchase, or both of items include in submittal subject to revisions included in Architect’s review comments.

3. “REVISE & RESUBMIT”: A portion of the submittal is unacceptable. Correct and resubmit the part of submittal in question. Do NOT proceed until submittal is approved.

4. “REJECTED”: Do NOT order materials and Do NOT use in construction.

C. Informational Submittals: Architect and Construction Manager will review each submittal and will not return it, or will return it if it does not comply with requirements. Architect and Construction Manager will forward each submittal to appropriate party.

D. Incomplete submittals are not acceptable, will be considered nonresponsive, and will be returned without review.

E. Submittals not required by the Contract Documents may not be reviewed and may be discarded.

END OF SECTION 01330

Page 67: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590 Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

QUALIFICATIONS OF RESTORATION ARTISANS AND CRAFTSMEN SUBCONTRACTORS 01350 - 1 of 2

SECTION 01350 – QUALIFICATIONS OF RESTORATION ARTISANS AND CRAFTSMEN SUBCONTRACTORS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED:

A. The Georgetown Neighborhood Library is a contributing building to the Georgetown Historic District. The interior and exterior features and materials are significant charac-ter defining elements and are to be protected in place during construction and not dis-turbed until restored by qualified restoration artists and craftsmen. The destruction or removal of said material by any tradesman or subcontractor, whether intended or inad-vertent, could jeopardize approvals and certifications required of State and Federal preservation review agencies. It shall be the sole responsibility of the General Contrac-tor to protect the historic building at all times.

B. The subcontractors who will be responsible for the execution of the restoration of the historic materials and surfaces on the interior and exterior of the Georgetown Neighborhood Library, including but not limited to the following, shall meet the levels of experience and abilities noted herein: 1. Historic Decorative Plaster 2. Historic Stone 3. Historic Marble 4. Historic Glass 5. Historic Wood 6. Historic Metal 7. Historic Clay Masonry

C. In order to successfully propose the scope of work for the historic materials on the pro-ject, subcontracting companies must demonstrate a proven capability to execute work that qualifies under the Secretary of the Interior’s Guideline for the Rehabilitation of Historic Structures.

D. Acceptable evidence of such qualifications will include, at a minimum, all of the follow-ing: 1. A proven understanding of the Secretary’s Guidelines with a minimum of ten

years experience with projects of similar size and scope as that of the Takoma Park Library, provide in writing.

2. Presentation of three (3) similar projects that have been certified by the National Park Service as having met the Standards, provide in writing.

3. Names and resumes of the project foreman and crewmembers to be assigned to the project listing projects successfully completed and contact names and phone numbers for the Owners of the projects. The foreman and crewmembers pro-posed for the project shall not be changed without written acceptance and agree-ment of the Owner to the change.

4. Upon direction of the Architect and prior to the approval of the proposed subcon-tractor, the proposed subcontractor will execute a mockup of finished work with his proposed crew for Architect’s approval.

5. With each bid the subcontractor shall provide a written description of his onsite procedures and methods demonstration an understanding of both the require-ments of the Project Specifications and the sensitivities involved in working around and with delicate historic material to be conserved and restored.

Page 68: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590 Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

QUALIFICATIONS OF RESTORATION ARTISANS AND CRAFTSMEN SUBCONTRACTORS 01350 - 2 of 2

E. List of Pre-approved Subcontractors: 1. The attached list of subcontractors has demonstrated the required skills and lev-

els of experience for a project such as the Georgetown Neighborhood Library and may be considered to be pre-qualified for the project.

C.A. Lindman Hayles & Howe 10401 Guilford Road 3500 Parkdale Ave. Jessup, MD 20794 Building One West, Ground Floor p. 301.470.4700 Baltimore, MD 21211 f. 301.470.4708 p. 410.462.0986, f. 410.462.0989

Worcester Eisenbrandt Atlantic Refinishing & Restoration, Inc. 2100 Gable Avenue 2320 Old Washington Road Baltimore, MD 21230 Waldorf, MD 20601 p. 410.644.6580 p. 301.843.8331 f. 410.644.5895 f. 301.870.8156 Crenshaw Lighting 2430 Floyd Hwy North Floyd, VA p. 540.745.3900 f. 540.745.3911 PART 2 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION 01350

Page 69: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590 Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

SPECIAL PROCEDURES FOR HISTORIC TREATMENT 01351 - 1 of 5

SECTION 01351

SPECIAL PROCEDURES FOR HISTORIC TREATMENT

PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY:

A. Furnish all labor, materials, tools, equipment and services necessary for and reasona-bly incidental to complete the special procedures for historic treatment work as shown on the drawings or specified, including, but not limited to the following: 1. Storage and protection of existing historic materials. 2. Temporary protection of historic materials during construction. 3. Protection during application of chemicals. 4. Protection during use of heat-generating equipment. 5. Historic treatment procedures.

B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Section 01732 Selective Demolition 2. Section 04904 Marble Cleaning and Restoration 3. Section 04901 Clay Masonry Cleaning and Restoration 4. Section 05700 Ornamental Metal Cleaning and Restoration 5. Section 06400 Interior Woodwork Refinishing 6. Section 08210 Wood Door Refinishing 7. Section 08620 Wood Window Repair 8. Section 08700 Door Hardware Cleaning and Restoration 9. Section 08815 Glazing Repair 10. Section 09200 Ornamental Plaster Trim and Casting Replacement 11. Section 09210 Plaster Cleaning and Repair

C. Qualifications of Restorations Artisans and Craftsman Subcontractors are specified in Section 01352.

1.02 SUBMITTALS:

A. Historic Treatment Program: Submit a written plan for each phase or process including protection of surrounding materials during operations. Describe in detail materials, methods, and equipment to be used in each phase of work.

B. If alternative methods and materials to those indicated are proposed for any phase of

work, provide a written description including evidence of successful use on other, com-parable projects, and program of testing to demonstrate effectiveness for use on this Project.

C. For historic treatment specialists and supervisory personnel. Include list of completed

projects with the scope of work and budget for each.

D. Using photographs, show existing conditions of adjoining construction and site im-provements, including finish surfaces, that might be misconstrued as damage caused by historic treatment operations. Submit before work begins.

Page 70: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590 Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

SPECIAL PROCEDURES FOR HISTORIC TREATMENT 01351 - 2 of 5

E. Record Documents shall include modifications to the manufacturer’s written instructions and procedures, as documents as the Work progresses.

1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE:

A. Historic Treatment Specialist Qualifications: Refer to Section 01352. B. Historic Treatment Pre-Construction Conference: Conduct conference at Project site

to record procedures established as a result of the review and distribute to affected parties.

1.04 STORAGE AND PROTECTION OF HISTORIC MATERIALS: A. Removed and Salvaged Historic Materials:

1. Transport items to Owner’s storage area designated by Owner. 2. Protect items from damage during transport and storage. 3. Do not dispose of items removed from existing construction without prior written

consent of Owner.

C. Removed and Reinstalled Historic materials: a. Clean and repair historic items to functional condition adequate for intended re-

use. b. Pack or crate items after cleaning and repairing. Identify contents of containers. c. Protect items from damage during transport and storage. d. Reinstall items in locations indicated. Comply with installation requirements for

new materials and equipment. Provide connections, supports, and miscellane-ous materials necessary to make item functional for use indicated.

D. Protect construction indicated to remain against damage and soiling during historic

treatment. When permitted by Architect, items may be removed to a suitable protected storage location during historic treatment and cleaned and reinstalled in their original locations after historic treatment operations are complete.

E. When removed from their existing location, store historic materials within a weather-

tight enclosure where they are protected from wetting by rain, snow, or ground water, and temperature variations. Secure stored materials to protect from theft. 1. Identify removed items with an inconspicuous mark indicating their original loca-tion.

1.05 PROJECT-SITE CONDITIONS:

A. Exterior Cleaning and Repairing: 1. Proceed with the work only when forecasted weather conditions are favorable.

a. Do not attempt repairs during rainy or foggy weather. Do not apply primer, paint, putty, or epoxy when the relative humidity is above 80%. Do not remove exterior elements of structures when rain is forecast or in progress.

b. Do not perform exterior wet work when the air temperature is below 40o F. c. Do not begin cleaning, patching, or repairing when there is any likelihood of frost

or freezing. d. Do not begin cleaning when either the air or the surface temperature is below

45o F unless approved means are provided for maintaining a 45p F temperature of the air and materials during, and for 48 hours subsequent to, cleaning.

2. Perform cleaning and rinsing of the exterior only during daylight hours.

Page 71: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590 Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

SPECIAL PROCEDURES FOR HISTORIC TREATMENT 01351 - 3 of 5

B. Properties immediately adjacent to historic treatment area may be occupied during the

Work. Conduct historic treatment so that operations will not be disrupted. Provide not less than 72 hours’ notice to adjacent property owner of act ivies that will affect their operations.

PART 2 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PROTECTION, GENERAL:

A. Comply with manufacturer’s written instructions for precautions and effects of products and procedures on adjacent building materials, components, and vegetation.

B. Ensure that supervisory personnel are present when work begins and during its pro-

gress.

C. Temporary Protection of Historic Materials during Construction. 1. Protect existing materials during installation of temporary protections and con-

struction. Do not deface or remove existing materials. 2. Attachment of temporary protection to existing construction shall be approved by

the Architect prior to installation.

D. Prior to the start of work or any cleaning operations, test existing drains and other wa-ter removal systems to ensure that drains and systems are functioning properly. Notify Architect immediately of drains or systems that are stopped or blocked. Do not begin Work of this Section until the drains are in working order.

1. Provide a method to prevent solids including stone or mortar residue from enter-ing the drains or drain lines. Cleanout drains and drain lines that become blocked or filled by sand or any other solids because of work performed under this Contract.

2. Protect storm drains from pollutants. Block drains or filter out sediments, allowing only clean water to pass.

3.02 PROTECTION DURING APPLICATION OF CHEMICALS – GENERAL:

A. Refer to Sections 04904, 05700, and 06400 for additional information.

B. Protect persons, motor vehicles, surrounding surfaces of building being restored, build-ing site, plants, and surrounding buildings from harm or damage resulting from appli-cations of chemical cleaners and paint removers.

C. Cover adjacent surfaces with materials that are proven to resist chemical cleaners se-lected fro Project unless chemicals being used will not damage adjacent surfaces. Use covering materials that contain only waterproof, UV-resistant adhesives. Apply masking agents to comply with manufacturer’s written instructions. Do not apply liquid masking agent to painted or porous surfaces. When no longer needed, promptly re-move masking to prevent adhesive staining.

Page 72: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590 Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

SPECIAL PROCEDURES FOR HISTORIC TREATMENT 01351 - 4 of 5

D. Do not clean surfaces during winds of sufficient force to spread cleaning solutions to unprotected surfaces.

E. Neutralize and collect alkaline and acid wastes and dispose of off Owner’s property.

F. Dispose of runoff from chemical operations by legal means and in a manner that pre-vents soil erosion, undermining of paving and foundations, damage to landscaping, and water penetration into building interiors.

3.03 PROTECTION DURING USE OF HEAT-GENEATING EQUIPMENT:

A. Comply with the following procedures while performing work with heat-generating equipment, including welding, cutting, soldering, brazing, paint removal with heat, and other operations where open flames or implements utilizing heat are used:

1. Obtain Owner’s approval for operations involving use of open-flame or welding equipment.

(a) Notification shall be given for each occurrence and location of work with heat-generating equipment.

2. As far as practical, use heat-generating equipment in shop areas or outside the building

3. Before work with heat-generating equipment commences, furnish personnel to serve as a fire watch (or watches) for location (s) where work is to be performed.

4. Do not perform work with heat-generating equipment in or near rooms or in areas where flammable liquids or explosive vapors are present to thought to be pre-sent. Use a combustible gas indicator test to ensure that the area is safe.

5. Remove and keep the area free of combustibles, including, rubbish, paper, waste, etc., within area of operations.

(a) If combustible materials cannot be removed, provide fireproof blankets to cover such materials.

6. Where possible, furnish and use baffles of metal or gypsum board to prevent the spraying of sparks or hot slag into surrounding combustible material.

7. Prevent the extension of sparks and particles of hot metal through open windows, doors, holes, and cracks in floors, walls, ceilings roofs, and other openings.

8. Inspect each location of the day’s work not sooner than 30 minutes after comple-tion of operations to detect hidden or smoldering fires and to ensure that proper housekeeping is maintained.

3.04 HISTORIC TREATMENT PROCEDURES:

A. The principal aim of preservation work is to halt the process of deterioration and stabi-lize the item’s condition, unless otherwise indicated. Repair is required where specifi-cally indicated. The following procedures shall be followed:

Page 73: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590 Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

SPECIAL PROCEDURES FOR HISTORIC TREATMENT 01351 - 5 of 5

1. Retain as much existing material as possible; repair and consolidate rather than replace.

2. Use additional material or structure to reinforce, strengthen, prop, tie, and sup-port existing materials or structure.

3. Use reversible processes wherever possible.

4. Use traditional replacement materials and techniques. New work shall be dis-tinguishable to the trained eye, on closed inspection, from old work.

5. Record the work before the procedure with pre-construction photos and during the work with periodic construction photos.

B. Prohibit smoking by personnel performing work on or near historic structures.

C. Obtain Architect’s review and written approval in the form of a Constructive Change Di-rective or Supplemental Instruction before making changes or additions to construction or removing historic materials.

D. Notify Architect of visible changes in the integrity of material or components whether due to environmental causes including biological attack, UV degradation, freezing, or thawing; or due to structural defects including cracks, movement, or distortion.

E. Do not proceed with the work in question until directed by Architect.

F. Where missing features are indicated to be repaired or replaced, provide features whose designs are based on accurate duplications rather than on conjectural designs, subject to the approval of Architect and Preservation Specialist.

G. Where Work requires existing features to be removed, cleaned, and reused, perform these operations without damage to the materials itself, to adjacent materials, or to the substrate.

H. Identify new or replacement materials and features with inconspicuous, permanent marks to distinguish them from original materials. Record the legend of identification marks and the locations of these marks on Record Drawings.

I. When cleaning, match samples of existing materials that have been cleaned and iden-tified for acceptable cleaning levels. Avoid over-cleaning to prevent damage to exist-ing materials during cleaning.

END OF SECTION 01351

Page 74: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590 Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

LEED REQUIREMENTS 01352 - 1/7

SECTION 01352 - LEED REQUIREMENTS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section includes general requirements and procedures for compliance with certain USGBC LEED prerequisites and credits needed for Project to obtain LEED Silver certification based on LEED-NC, Version 2.2.

B. Related Sections: 1. Divisions 1 through 16 Sections for LEED requirements specific to the work of

each of these Sections. Requirements may or may not include reference to LEED.

1.2 DEFINITIONS

A. Chain-of-Custody Certificates: Certificates signed by manufacturers certifying that wood used to make products was obtained from forests certified by an FSC-accredited certification body to comply with FSC STD-01-001, "FSC Principles and Criteria for Forest Stewardship." Certificates shall include evidence that manufacturer is certified for chain of custody by an FSC-accredited certification body.

B. LEED: Leadership in Energy & Environmental Design.

C. Rapidly Renewable Materials: Materials made from plants that are typically harvested within a 10-year or shorter cycle. Rapidly renewable materials include products made from bamboo, cotton, flax, jute, straw, sunflower seed hulls, vegetable oils, or wool.

D. Regional Materials: Materials that have been extracted, harvested, or recovered, as well as manufactured, within 500 miles of Project site. If only a fraction of a product or material is extracted/harvested/recovered and manufactured locally, then only that percentage (by weight) shall contribute to the regional value.

E. Regionally Manufactured Materials: Materials that are manufactured within a radius of 500 miles from Project site. Manufacturing refers to the final assembly of components into the building product that is installed at Project site.

F. Regionally Extracted and Manufactured Materials: Regionally manufactured materials made from raw materials that are extracted, harvested, or recovered within a radius of 500 miles from Project site.

G. Recycled Content: The recycled content value of a material assembly shall be determined by weight. 1. "Post-consumer" material is defined as waste material generated by households

or by commercial, industrial, and institutional facilities in their role as end users of the product, which can no longer be used for its intended purpose.

Page 75: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590 Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

LEED REQUIREMENTS 01352 - 2/7

2. "Pre-consumer" material is defined as material diverted from the waste stream during the manufacturing process. Excluded is reutilization of materials such as rework, regrind, or scrap generated in a process and capable of being reclaimed within the same process that generated it.

H. Recycled Content: The percentage by weight of constituents that have been recovered or otherwise diverted from the solid waste stream, either during the manufacturing process (pre-consumer), or after consumer use (post-consumer). 1. Spills and scraps from the original manufacturing process that are combined with

other constituents after a minimal amount of reprocessing for use in further production of the same product are not recycled materials.

2. Discarded materials from one manufacturing process that are used as constituents in another manufacturing process are pre-consumer recycled materials.

1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. Project Materials Cost Data: Provide statement indicating total cost for materials used for Project. Costs exclude labor, overhead, and profit. Include breakout of costs for the following categories of items: 1. Furniture. 2. Plumbing. 3. Mechanical. 4. Electrical. 5. Specialty items such as elevators and equipment. 6. Wood-based construction materials.

B. LEED Action Plans: Provide preliminary submittals within 14 days of date established for the Notice to Proceed indicating how the following requirements will be met: 1. Credit MR 2.1: List of materials to be diverted from disposal and whether the

materials will be sorted on-site or comingled. Provide calculations by weight or volume; calculationmethod consistent throughout project.

2. Credit MR 4.1: List of proposed materials with recycled content. Indicate cost, post-consumer recycled content, and pre-consumer recycled content for each product having recycled content.

3. Credit MR 5.1: List of proposed regionally manufactured materials.

a. Identify each regionally manufactured material, including its source and cost.

b. Identify each regionally extracted and manufactured material, including its source and cost.

4. Credit EQ 3.1 [and EQ3.2]: Construction indoor-air-quality management plan.

C. LEED Progress Reports: Concurrent with each Application for Payment, submit reports comparing actual construction and purchasing activities with LEED action plans as well as reports on completed LEED online templates.

D. LEED Documentation Submittals: Submit the following and complete related LEED online templates. Provide manufacturer’s documentation.

Page 76: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590 Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

LEED REQUIREMENTS 01352 - 3/7

1. Credit MR 4.1: Product data and certification letter indicating percentages by weight of post-consumer and pre-consumer recycled content for products having recycled content. Include statement indicating costs for each product having recycled content.

2. Credit MR 5.1: Product data for regional materials indicating location and distance from Project of material manufacturer and point of extraction, harvest, or recovery for each raw material. Include statement indicating cost for each regional material and the fraction by weight that is considered regional.

3. Credit MR 5.1: Product data indicating location of material manufacturer for regionally manufactured materials. Include statement indicating cost for each regionally manufactured material and for each regionally extracted and manufactured material.

a. Include statement indicating distance from manufacturer to Project for each regionally manufactured material.

b. Include statement indicating location of and distance from Project to point of extraction, harvest, or recovery for each raw material used in regionally extracted and manufactured materials.

4. Credit EQ 3.1: a. Product data for temporary filtration media. b. Product data for filtration media used during occupancy. c. Construction Documentation: Six photographs at three different times

during the construction period, along with a brief description of the SMACNA approach employed, documenting implementation of the indoor-air-quality management measures, such as protection of ducts and on-site stored or installed absorptive materials. Photos should show full range of SMACNA guidelines followed throughout construction.

5. Credit EQ 3.2: a. Report from testing and inspecting agency indicating results of indoor-air-

quality testing and documentation showing compliance with indoor-air-quality testing procedures and requirements.

6. Credit EQ 4.1: Product data for adhesives and sealants used inside the weatherproofing system indicating VOC content of each product used. Indicate VOC content in g/L calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D.

7. Credit EQ 4.2: Product data for paints and coatings used inside the weatherproofing system indicating VOC content of each product used. Indicate VOC content in g/L calculated according to SCAQMD Rule #1168.

8. Credit EQ 4.3: List of each carpet and carpet cushion installed in building interior. Confirm product complies with CRI Green Label Plus testing program. Product data for carpet. Indicated VOC content of each product used. Indicate VOC content in g/L calculated according to SCAQMD Rule #116.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 RECYCLED CONTENT OF MATERIALS

A. Credit MR 4.1: Provide building materials with recycled content such that post-consumer recycled content plus one-half of pre-consumer recycled content constitutes a minimum of 10 percent of cost of materials used for Project.

Page 77: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590 Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

LEED REQUIREMENTS 01352 - 4/7

1. Cost of post-consumer recycled content of an item shall be determined by dividing weight of post-consumer recycled content in the item by total weight of the item and multiplying by cost of the item.

2. Cost of pre-consumer recycled content of an item shall be determined by dividing weight of pre-consumer recycled content in the item by total weight of the item and multiplying by cost of the item.

3. Do not include furniture, plumbing, mechanical and electrical components, and specialty items such as elevators and equipment in the calculation.

2.2 REGIONAL MATERIALS

A. Credit MR 5.1: Provide a minimum of 10 percent of building materials (by cost) that are regional materials.

2.3 LOW-EMITTING MATERIALS

A. Credit EQ 4.1: For field applications that are inside the weatherproofing system, use adhesives and sealants that comply with the following limits for VOC content when calculated according to SCAQMD Rule #1168: 1. Wood Glues: 30 g/L. 2. Metal to Metal Adhesives: 30 g/L. 3. Adhesives for Porous Materials (Except Wood): 50 g/L. 4. Subfloor Adhesives: 50 g/L. 5. Plastic Foam Adhesives: 50 g/L. 6. Carpet Adhesives: 50 g/L. 7. Carpet Pad Adhesives: 50 g/L. 8. VCT and Asphalt Tile Adhesives: 50 g/L. 9. Cove Base Adhesives: 50 g/L. 10. Gypsum Board and Panel Adhesives: 50 g/L. 11. Rubber Floor Adhesives: 60 g/L. 12. Ceramic Tile Adhesives: 65 g/L. 13. Multipurpose Construction Adhesives: 70 g/L. 14. Fiberglass Adhesives: 80 g/L. 15. Contact Adhesive: 80 g/L. 16. Structural Glazing Adhesives: 100 g/L. 17. Wood Flooring Adhesive: 100 g/L. 18. Structural Wood Member Adhesive: 140 g/L. 19. Special Purpose Contact Adhesive (contact adhesive that is used to bond

melamine covered board, metal, unsupported vinyl, Teflon, ultra-high molecular weight polyethylene, rubber or wood veneer 1/16 inch or less in thickness to any surface): 250 g/L.

20. Top and Trim Adhesive: 250 g/L. 21. Plastic Cement Welding Compounds: 250 g/L. 22. ABS Welding Compounds: 325 g/L. 23. Adhesive Primer for Plastic: 550 g/L. 24. Sheet Applied Rubber Lining Adhesive: 850 g/L. 25. Aerosol Adhesive, General Purpose Mist Spray: 65 percent by weight. 26. Aerosol Adhesive, General Purpose Web Spray: 55 percent by weight. 27. Special Purpose Aerosol Adhesive (All Types): 70 percent by weight.

Page 78: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590 Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

LEED REQUIREMENTS 01352 - 5/7

28. Other Adhesives: 250 g/L. 29. Architectural Sealants: 250 g/L. 30. Nonmembrane Roof Sealants: 300 g/L. 31. Single-Ply Roof Membrane Sealants: 450 g/L. 32. Other Sealants: 420 g/L. 33. Sealant Primers for Nonporous Substrates: 250 g/L. 34. Sealant Primers for Porous Substrates: 775 g/L. 35. Modified Bituminous Sealant Primers: 500 g/L. 36. Other Sealant Primers: 750 g/L.

B. Credit EQ 4.2: For field applications that are inside the weatherproofing system, use paints and coatings that comply with the following limits for VOC content when calculated according to SCAQMD Rule #1113, Green Seal Standard GS-11 and GS-3 and the following chemical restrictions: 1. Flat Paints, Coatings, and Primers: VOC not more than 50 g/L. 2. Nonflat Paints, Coatings, and Primers: VOC not more than 150 g/L. 3. Anticorrosive and Antirust Paints Applied to Ferrous Metals: VOC not more than

250 g/L. 4. Clear Wood Finishes, Varnishes: VOC not more than 350 g/L. 5. Clear Wood Finishes, Lacquers: VOC not more than 550 g/L. 6. Floor Coatings: VOC not more than 100 g/L. 7. Shellacs, Clear: VOC not more than 730 g/L. 8. Shellacs, Pigmented: VOC not more than 550 g/L. 9. Stains: VOC not more than 250 g/L. 10. Flat Interior Topcoat Paints: VOC not more than 50 g/L. 11. Nonflat Interior Topcoat Paints: VOC not more than 150 g/L. 12. Anticorrosive and Antirust Paints Applied to Ferrous Metals: VOC not more than

250 g/L. 13. Clear Wood Finishes, Varnishes and Sanding Sealers: VOC not more than 350

g/L. 14. Clear Wood Finishes, Lacquers: VOC not more than 550 g/L. 15. Floor Coatings: VOC not more than 100 g/L. 16. Shellacs, Clear: VOC not more than 730 g/L. 17. Shellacs, Pigmented: VOC not more than 550 g/L. 18. Stains: VOC not more than 250 g/L. 19. Primers, Sealers, and Undercoaters: VOC not more than 150 g/L. 20. Dry-Fog Coatings: VOC not more than 400 g/L. 21. Zinc-Rich Industrial Maintenance Primers: VOC not more than 340 g/L. 22. Pretreatment Wash Primers: VOC not more than 420 g/L. 23. Aromatic Compounds: Paints and coatings shall not contain more than 1.0

percent by weight total aromatic compounds (hydrocarbon compounds containing one or more benzene rings).

24. Restricted Components: Paints and coatings shall not contain acrolein, acrylonitrile, antimony, benzene, butyl benzyl phthalate, cadmium, di (2-ethylhexyl) phthalate, di-n-butyl phthalate, di-n-octyl phthalate, 1,2-dichlorobenzene, diethyl phthalate, diethyl phthalate, dimethyl phthalate, ethylbenzene, formaldehyde, hexavalent chromium, isophorone, lead, mercury, methyl ethyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone, methylene chloride, naphthalene, toluene (methylbenzene), 1,1,1-trichloroethane, or vinyl chloride.

C. Credit EQ4.3:

Page 79: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590 Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

LEED REQUIREMENTS 01352 - 6/7

1. Carpet and cushion systems shall comply with testing and product requirements of the Carpet and Rug Institute’s Green Label Plus Program.

2. Carpet adhesive must meet VOC limit of 50 g/L.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 CLEAN-AGENT FIRE-EXTINGUISHING-AGENT REMOVAL

A. Credit EA 4: Remove clean-agent fire-extinguishing agents that contain HCFCs or halons and replace with agent that does not contain HCFCs or halons. See Division 13 Section "Clean-Agent Extinguishing Systems" for additional requirements.

3.2 CONSTRUCTION INDOOR-AIR-QUALITY MANAGEMENT

A. Credit EQ 3.1: Comply with SMACNA's "SMACNA IAQ Guideline for Occupied Buildings under Construction." 1. If Owner authorizes use of permanent heating, cooling, and ventilating systems

during construction period as specified in Division 1 Section "Temporary Facilities and Controls," install filter media having a MERV 8 according to ASHRAE 52.2 at each return-air inlet for the air-handling system used during construction.

2. Replace all air filters immediately prior to occupancy.

B. Credit EQ 3.2: 1. Air-Quality Testing:

a. Conduct baseline indoor-air-quality testing, after construction ends and prior to occupancy, using testing protocols consistent with the EPA's "Compendium of Methods for the Determination of Air Pollutants in Indoor Air," and as additionally detailed in the USGBC's "LEED-NC : Reference Guide."

b. Demonstrate that the contaminant maximum concentrations listed below are not exceeded:

1) Formaldehyde: 50 ppb. 2) Particulates (PM10): 50 micrograms/cu. m. 3) Total Volatile Organic Compounds (TVOC): 500 micrograms/cu. m. 4) 4-Phenylcyclohexene (4-PH): 6.5 micrograms/cu. m. 5) Carbon Monoxide: 9 ppm and no greater than 2 ppm above outdoor

levels.

c. For each sampling point where the maximum concentration limits are exceeded, conduct additional flush-out with outside air and retest the specific parameter(s) exceeded to indicate the requirements are achieved. Repeat procedure until all requirements have been met. When retesting noncomplying building areas, take samples from same locations as in the first test.

d. Air-sample testing shall be conducted as follows:

Page 80: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590 Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

LEED REQUIREMENTS 01352 - 7/7

1) All measurements shall be conducted prior to occupancy but during normal occupied hours, and with building ventilation system starting at the normal daily start time and operated at the minimum outside air flow rate for the occupied mode throughout the duration of the air testing.

2) Building shall have all interior finishes installed including, but not limited to, millwork, doors, paint, carpet, and acoustic tiles. Nonfixed furnishings such as workstations and partitions are encouraged, but not required, to be in place for the testing.

3) Number of sampling locations will vary depending on the size of building and number of ventilation systems. For each portion of building served by a separate ventilation system, the number of sampling points shall not be less than one per 25,000 sq. ft. or for each contiguous floor area, whichever is larger, and shall include areas with the least ventilation and greatest presumed source strength.

4) Air samples shall be collected between 3 and 6 feet from the floor to represent the breathing zone of occupants, and over a minimum four-hour period.

END OF SECTION 01352

Page 81: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590 Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01400 - 1/7

SECTION 01400 - QUALITY REQUIREMENTS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for quality assurance and quality control.

B. Related Documents: Solicitation, Part 1, E.1 “Inspections and Tests.”

C. Testing and inspecting services are required to verify compliance with requirements specified or indicated. These services do not relieve Contractor of responsibility for compliance with the Contract Document requirements. 1. Specified tests, inspections, and related actions do not limit Contractor's other

quality-assurance and -control procedures that facilitate compliance with the Contract Document requirements.

2. Requirements for Contractor to provide quality-assurance and -control services required by Architect, Owner, Construction Manager, or authorities having jurisdiction are not limited by provisions of this Section.

D. Related Sections: 1. Division 1 “LEED Requirements” for LEED requirements including EQ Credit 3.1/ 2. Divisions 2 through 16 Sections for specific test and inspection requirements.

1.2 DEFINITIONS

A. Quality-Assurance Services: Activities, actions, and procedures performed before and during execution of the Work to guard against defects and deficiencies and substantiate that proposed construction will comply with requirements.

B. Quality-Control Services: Tests, inspections, procedures, and related actions during and after execution of the Work to evaluate that actual products incorporated into the Work and completed construction comply with requirements. Services do not include contract enforcement activities performed by Architect or Construction Manager.

C. Preconstruction Testing: Tests and inspections performed specifically for the Project before products and materials are incorporated into the Work to verify performance or compliance with specified criteria.

D. Product Testing: Tests and inspections that are performed by an NRTL, an NVLAP, or a testing agency qualified to conduct product testing and acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, to establish product performance and compliance with specified requirements.

E. Source Quality-Control Testing: Tests and inspections that are performed at the source, i.e., plant, mill, factory, or shop.

Page 82: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590 Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01400 - 2/7

F. Field Quality-Control Testing: Tests and inspections that are performed on-site for installation of the Work and for completed Work.

G. Testing Agency: An entity engaged to perform specific tests, inspections, or both. Testing laboratory shall mean the same as testing agency.

H. Installer/Applicator/Erector: Contractor or another entity engaged by Contractor as an employee, Subcontractor, or Sub-subcontractor, to perform a particular construction operation, including installation, erection, application, and similar operations. 1. Use of trade-specific terminology in referring to a trade or entity does not require

that certain construction activities be performed by accredited or unionized individuals, or that requirements specified apply exclusively to specific trade or trades.

I. Experienced: When used with an entity or individual, "experienced" means having successfully completed a minimum of five previous projects similar in nature, size, and extent to this Project; being familiar with special requirements indicated; and having complied with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction.

1.3 CONFLICTING REQUIREMENTS

A. Referenced Standards: If compliance with two or more standards is specified and the standards establish different or conflicting requirements for minimum quantities or quality levels, comply with the most stringent requirement. Refer conflicting requirements that are different, but apparently equal, to Architect for a decision before proceeding.

B. Minimum Quantity or Quality Levels: The quantity or quality level shown or specified shall be the minimum provided or performed. The actual installation may comply exactly with the minimum quantity or quality specified, or it may exceed the minimum within reasonable limits. To comply with these requirements, indicated numeric values are minimum or maximum, as appropriate, for the context of requirements. Refer uncertainties to Architect for a decision before proceeding.

1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS

A. Contractor's Statement of Responsibility: When required by authorities having jurisdiction, submit copy of written statement of responsibility sent to authorities having jurisdiction before starting work on the following systems. 1. Seismic-force resisting system, designated seismic system, or component listed

in the designated seismic system quality assurance plan prepared by the Architect.

2. Main wind-force resisting system or a wind-resisting component listed in the wind-force-resisting system quality assurance plan prepared by the Architect.

B. Testing Agency Qualifications: For testing agencies specified in "Quality Assurance" Article to demonstrate their capabilities and experience. Include proof of qualifications in the form of a recent report on the inspection of the testing agency by a recognized authority.

Page 83: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590 Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01400 - 3/7

1.5 REPORTS AND DOCUMENTS

A. Test and Inspection Reports: Prepare and submit certified written reports specified in other Sections. Include the following: 1. Date of issue. 2. Project title and number. 3. Name, address, and telephone number of testing agency. 4. Dates and locations of samples and tests or inspections. 5. Names of individuals making tests and inspections. 6. Description of the Work and test and inspection method. 7. Identification of product and Specification Section. 8. Complete test or inspection data. 9. Test and inspection results and an interpretation of test results. 10. Record of temperature and weather conditions at time of sample taking and

testing and inspecting. 11. Comments or professional opinion on whether tested or inspected Work complies

with the Contract Document requirements. 12. Name and signature of laboratory inspector. 13. Recommendations on retesting and reinspecting.

B. Manufacturer's Field Reports: Prepare written information documenting tests and inspections specified in other Sections. Include the following: 1. Name, address, and telephone number of representative making report. 2. Statement on condition of substrates and their acceptability for installation of

product. 3. Summary of installation procedures being followed, whether they comply with

requirements and, if not, what corrective action was taken. 4. Results of operational and other tests and a statement of whether observed

performance complies with requirements. 5. Other required items indicated in individual Specification Sections.

C. Permits, Licenses, and Certificates: For Owner's records, submit copies of permits, licenses, certifications, inspection reports, releases, jurisdictional settlements, notices, receipts for fee payments, judgments, correspondence, records, and similar documents, established for compliance with standards and regulations bearing on performance of the Work.

1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. General: Qualifications paragraphs in this article establish the minimum qualification levels required; individual Specification Sections specify additional requirements.

B. Manufacturer Qualifications: A firm experienced in manufacturing products or systems similar to those indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-service performance, as well as sufficient production capacity to produce required units.

C. Fabricator Qualifications: A firm experienced in producing products similar to those indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-service performance, as well as sufficient production capacity to produce required units.

Page 84: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590 Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01400 - 4/7

D. Installer Qualifications: A firm or individual experienced in installing, erecting, or assembling work similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project, whose work has resulted in construction with a record of successful in-service performance.

E. Professional Engineer Qualifications: A professional engineer who is legally qualified to practice in jurisdiction where Project is located and who is experienced in providing engineering services of the kind indicated. Engineering services are defined as those performed for installations of the system, assembly, or product that are similar to those indicated for this Project in material, design, and extent.

F. Specialists: Certain Specification Sections require that specific construction activities shall be performed by entities who are recognized experts in those operations. Specialists shall satisfy qualification requirements indicated and shall be engaged for the activities indicated. 1. Requirements of authorities having jurisdiction shall supersede requirements for

specialists.

G. Testing Agency Qualifications: An NRTL, an NVLAP, or an independent agency with the experience and capability to conduct testing and inspecting indicated, as documented according to ASTM E 329 ; and with additional qualifications specified in individual Sections; and where required by authorities having jurisdiction, that is acceptable to authorities. 1. NRTL: A nationally recognized testing laboratory according to 29 CFR 1910.7. 2. NVLAP: A testing agency accredited according to NIST's National Voluntary

Laboratory Accreditation Program.

H. Manufacturer's Representative Qualifications: An authorized representative of manufacturer who is trained and approved by manufacturer to observe and inspect installation of manufacturer's products that are similar in material, design, and extent to those indicated for this Project.

I. Preconstruction Testing: Where testing agency is indicated to perform preconstruction testing for compliance with specified requirements for performance and test methods, comply with the following: 1. Contractor responsibilities include the following:

a. Provide test specimens representative of proposed products and construction.

b. Submit specimens in a timely manner with sufficient time for testing and analyzing results to prevent delaying the Work.

c. When testing is complete, remove test specimens, assemblies, ; do not reuse products on Project.

2. Testing Agency Responsibilities: Submit a certified written report of each test, inspection, and similar quality-assurance service to Architect, through Construction Manager, with copy to Contractor. Interpret tests and inspections and state in each report whether tested and inspected work complies with or deviates from the Contract Documents.

Page 85: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590 Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01400 - 5/7

1.7 QUALITY CONTROL

A. Contractor Responsibilities: Tests and inspections are Contractor's responsibility. Perform additional quality-control activities required to verify that the Work complies with requirements, whether specified or not. 1. Engage a qualified testing agency to perform these quality-control services. 2. Notify testing agencies at least 48 hours in advance of time when Work that

requires testing or inspecting will be performed. 3. Submit a certified written report, in duplicate, of each quality-control service. 4. Testing and inspecting requested by Contractor and not required by the Contract

Documents are Contractor's responsibility. 5. Submit additional copies of each written report directly to authorities having

jurisdiction, when they so direct.

B. Manufacturer's Field Services: Where indicated, engage a manufacturer's representative to observe and inspect the Work. Manufacturer's representative's services include examination of substrates and conditions, verification of materials, inspection of completed portions of the Work, and submittal of written reports.

C. Retesting/Reinspecting: Regardless of whether original tests or inspections were Contractor's responsibility, provide quality-control services, including retesting and reinspecting, for construction that replaced Work that failed to comply with the Contract Documents.

D. Testing Agency Responsibilities: Cooperate with Architect, Construction Manager, and Contractor in performance of duties. Provide qualified personnel to perform required tests and inspections. 1. Notify Architect, Construction Manager, and Contractor promptly of irregularities

or deficiencies observed in the Work during performance of its services. 2. Determine the location from which test samples will be taken and in which in-situ

tests are conducted. 3. Conduct and interpret tests and inspections and state in each report whether

tested and inspected work complies with or deviates from requirements. 4. Submit a certified written report, in duplicate, of each test, inspection, and similar

quality-control service through Contractor. 5. Do not release, revoke, alter, or increase the Contract Document requirements or

approve or accept any portion of the Work. 6. Do not perform any duties of Contractor.

E. Associated Services: Cooperate with agencies performing required tests, inspections, and similar quality-control services, and provide reasonable auxiliary services as requested. Notify agency sufficiently in advance of operations to permit assignment of personnel. Provide the following: 1. Access to the Work. 2. Incidental labor and facilities necessary to facilitate tests and inspections. 3. Adequate quantities of representative samples of materials that require testing

and inspecting. Assist agency in obtaining samples. 4. Facilities for storage and field curing of test samples. 5. Delivery of samples to testing agencies. 6. Preliminary design mix proposed for use for material mixes that require control by

testing agency.

Page 86: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590 Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01400 - 6/7

7. Security and protection for samples and for testing and inspecting equipment at Project site.

F. Coordination: Coordinate sequence of activities to accommodate required quality-assurance and -control services with a minimum of delay and to avoid necessity of removing and replacing construction to accommodate testing and inspecting. 1. Schedule times for tests, inspections, obtaining samples, and similar activities.

1.8 SPECIAL TESTS AND INSPECTIONS

A. Special Tests and Inspections: Engage a qualified testing agency to conduct special tests and inspections required by authorities having jurisdiction, and as follows: 1. Verifying that manufacturer maintains detailed fabrication and quality-control

procedures and reviewing the completeness and adequacy of those procedures to perform the Work.

2. Notifying Architect, Construction Manager, and Contractor promptly of irregularities and deficiencies observed in the Work during performance of its services.

3. Submitting a certified written report of each test, inspection, and similar quality-control service to Architect, through Construction Manager, with copy to Contractor and to authorities having jurisdiction.

4. Submitting a final report of special tests and inspections at Substantial Completion, which includes a list of unresolved deficiencies.

5. Interpreting tests and inspections and stating in each report whether tested and inspected work complies with or deviates from the Contract Documents.

6. Retesting and reinspecting corrected work.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 REPAIR AND PROTECTION

A. General: On completion of testing, inspecting, sample taking, and similar services, repair damaged construction and restore substrates and finishes. 1. Provide materials and comply with installation requirements specified in other

Specification Sections or matching existing substrates and finishes. Restore patched areas and extend restoration into adjoining areas with durable seams that are as invisible as possible. Comply with the Contract Document requirements for cutting and patching in Division 1 Section "Execution Requirements."

B. Protect construction exposed by or for quality-control service activities.

C. Repair and protection are Contractor's responsibility, regardless of the assignment of responsibility for quality-control services.

Page 87: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590 Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01400 - 7/7

END OF SECTION 01400

Page 88: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590 Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

REFERENCES 01420 - 1/11

SECTION 01420 - REFERENCES

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 DEFINITIONS

A. General: Basic Contract definitions are included in the Conditions of the Contract.

B. Historic Preservation Terms and Definitions: As indicated on Drawing Sheet A-0.03.

C. "Approved": When used to convey Architect's action on Contractor's submittals, applications, and requests, "approved" is limited to Architect's duties and responsibilities as stated in the Conditions of the Contract.

D. "Directed": A command or instruction by Architect. Other terms including "requested," "authorized," "selected," "required," and "permitted" have the same meaning as "directed."

E. "Indicated": Requirements expressed by graphic representations or in written form on Drawings, in Specifications, and in other Contract Documents. Other terms including "shown," "noted," "scheduled," and "specified" have the same meaning as "indicated."

F. "Regulations": Laws, ordinances, statutes, and lawful orders issued by authorities having jurisdiction, and rules, conventions, and agreements within the construction industry that control performance of the Work.

G. "Furnish": Supply and deliver to Project site, ready for unloading, unpacking, assembly, installation, and similar operations.

H. "Install": Operations at Project site including unloading, temporarily storing, unpacking, assembling, erecting, placing, anchoring, applying, working to dimension, finishing, curing, protecting, cleaning, and similar operations.

I. "Provide": Furnish and install, complete and ready for the intended use.

J. "Project Site": Space available for performing construction activities. The extent of Project site is shown on Drawings and may or may not be identical with the description of the land on which Project is to be built.

1.2 INDUSTRY STANDARDS

A. Applicability of Standards: Unless the Contract Documents include more stringent requirements, applicable construction industry standards have the same force and effect as if bound or copied directly into the Contract Documents to the extent referenced. Such standards are made a part of the Contract Documents by reference.

Page 89: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590 Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

REFERENCES 01420 - 2/11

B. Publication Dates: Comply with standards in effect as of date of the Contract Documents unless otherwise indicated.

C. Copies of Standards: Each entity engaged in construction on Project should be familiar with industry standards applicable to its construction activity. Copies of applicable standards are not bound with the Contract Documents.

1. Where copies of standards are needed to perform a required construction activity, obtain copies directly from publication source.

1.3 ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS

A. Industry Organizations: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities indicated in Thomson Gale's "Encyclopedia of Associations" or in Columbia Books' "National Trade & Professional Associations of the U.S."

B. Industry Organizations: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in the following list.

AA Aluminum Association, Inc. (The) AABC Associated Air Balance Council AAMA American Architectural Manufacturers Association AATCC American Association of Textile Chemists and Colorists ABAA Air Barrier Association of America ABMA American Bearing Manufacturers Association ACI American Concrete Institute AEIC Association of Edison Illuminating Companies, Inc. (The) AF&PA American Forest & Paper Association AGA American Gas Association AGC Associated General Contractors of America (The) AHA American Hardboard Association (Now part of CPA) AHAM Association of Home Appliance Manufacturers AI Asphalt Institute

Page 90: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590 Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

REFERENCES 01420 - 3/11

AIA American Institute of Architects (The) AISC American Institute of Steel Construction AISI American Iron and Steel Institute ALCA Associated Landscape Contractors of America (Now PLANET - Professional Landcare Network) ALSC American Lumber Standard Committee, Incorporated AMCA Air Movement and Control Association International, Inc. ANSI American National Standards Institute APA Architectural Precast Association APA APA - The Engineered Wood Association APA EWS APA - The Engineered Wood Association; Engineered Wood Systems (See APA - The Engineered Wood Association) ARI Air-Conditioning & Refrigeration Institute ASCE American Society of Civil Engineers ASCE/SEI American Society of Civil Engineers/Structural Engineering Institute (See ASCE) ASHRAE American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-Conditioning Engineers ASME ASME International (American Society of Mechanical Engineers International) ASSE American Society of Sanitary Engineering ASTM ASTM International (American Society for Testing and Materials International) AWCI Association of the Wall and Ceiling Industry AWCMA American Window Covering Manufacturers Association (Now WCMA) AWI Architectural Woodwork Institute AWPA American Wood Protection Association (Formerly: American Wood Preservers' Association) AWS American Welding Society

Page 91: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590 Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

REFERENCES 01420 - 4/11

AWWA American Water Works Association BHMA Builders Hardware Manufacturers Association BIA Brick Industry Association (The) BIFMA BIFMA International (Business and Institutional Furniture Manufacturer's Association

International) CDA Copper Development Association CEA Consumer Electronics Association CIMA Cellulose Insulation Manufacturers Association CISCA Ceilings & Interior Systems Construction Association CISPI Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute CRRC Cool Roof Rating Council CPA Composite Panel Association CPPA Corrugated Polyethylene Pipe Association CRI Carpet and Rug Institute (The) CRSI Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute CSI Cast Stone Institute CSI Construction Specifications Institute (The) DHI Door and Hardware Institute EIA Electronic Industries Alliance EJCDC Engineers Joint Contract Documents Committee EJMA Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association, Inc. ESD ESD Association (Electrostatic Discharge Association) ETL SEMCO Intertek ETL SEMCO (Formerly: ITS - Intertek Testing Service NA)

Page 92: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590 Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

REFERENCES 01420 - 5/11

FSA Fluid Sealing Association FSC Forest Stewardship Council GA Gypsum Association GANA Glass Association of North America GRI (Part of GSI) GS Green Seal GSI Geosynthetic Institute HI Hydronics Institute HMMA Hollow Metal Manufacturers Association (Part of NAAMM) HPVA Hardwood Plywood & Veneer Association HPW H. P. White Laboratory, Inc. ICEA Insulated Cable Engineers Association, Inc. ICRI International Concrete Repair Institute, Inc. IEC International Electrotechnical Commission IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, Inc. (The) IESNA Illuminating Engineering Society of North America IEST Institute of Environmental Sciences and Technology IGMA Insulating Glass Manufacturers Alliance ISO International Organization for Standardization Available from ANSI ISSFA International Solid Surface Fabricators Association ITS Intertek Testing Service NA (Now ETL SEMCO) ITU International Telecommunication Union LMA Laminating Materials Association

Page 93: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590 Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

REFERENCES 01420 - 6/11

(Now part of CPA) LPI Lightning Protection Institute MFMA Metal Framing Manufacturers Association, Inc. MH Material Handling (Now MHIA) MHIA Material Handling Industry of America MIA Marble Institute of America MPI Master Painters Institute MSS Manufacturers Standardization Society of The Valve and Fittings Industry

Inc. NAAMM National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers NACE NACE International (National Association of Corrosion Engineers International) NADCA National Air Duct Cleaners Association NAIMA North American Insulation Manufacturers Association NCMA National Concrete Masonry Association NCPI National Clay Pipe Institute NCTA National Cable & Telecommunications Association NEBB National Environmental Balancing Bureau NECA National Electrical Contractors Association NeLMA Northeastern Lumber Manufacturers' Association NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers Association NETA InterNational Electrical Testing Association NFPA NFPA (National Fire Protection Association) NFRC National Fenestration Rating Council NGA National Glass Association

Page 94: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590 Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

REFERENCES 01420 - 7/11

NHLA National Hardwood Lumber Association NLGA National Lumber Grades Authority NOFMA NOFMA: The Wood Flooring Manufacturers Association (Formerly: National Oak Flooring Manufacturers Association) NOMMA National Ornamental & Miscellaneous Metals Association NRCA National Roofing Contractors Association NRMCA National Ready Mixed Concrete Association NSF NSF International (National Sanitation Foundation International) NSSGA National Stone, Sand & Gravel Association NWWDA National Wood Window and Door Association (Now WDMA) PCI Precast/Prestressed Concrete Institute PDCA Painting & Decorating Contractors of America PDI Plumbing & Drainage Institute PGI PVC Geomembrane Institute PLANET Professional Landcare Network (Formerly: ACLA - Associated Landscape Contractors of America) RCSC Research Council on Structural Connections RFCI Resilient Floor Covering Institute SAE SAE International SDI Steel Deck Institute SDI Steel Door Institute

Page 95: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590 Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

REFERENCES 01420 - 8/11

SEI/ASCE Structural Engineering Institute/American Society of Civil Engineers (See ASCE) SGCC Safety Glazing Certification Council SIA Security Industry Association SIGMA Sealed Insulating Glass Manufacturers Association (Now IGMA) SJI Steel Joist Institute SMA Screen Manufacturers Association SMACNA Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors' National Association SPFA Spray Polyurethane Foam Alliance (Formerly: SPI/SPFD - The Society of the Plastics Industry, Inc.; Spray

Polyurethane Foam Division) SPIB Southern Pine Inspection Bureau (The) SSINA Specialty Steel Industry of North America SSPC SSPC: The Society for Protective Coatings STI Steel Tank Institute SWI Steel Window Institute SWRI Sealant, Waterproofing, & Restoration Institute TCA Tile Council of America, Inc. (Now TCNA) TCNA Tile Council of North America, Inc. TIA/EIA Telecommunications Industry Association/Electronic Industries Alliance TMS The Masonry Society TPI Truss Plate Institute, Inc.

Page 96: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590 Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

REFERENCES 01420 - 9/11

TPI Turfgrass Producers International UL Underwriters Laboratories Inc. UNI Uni-Bell PVC Pipe Association USGBC U.S. Green Building Council WASTEC Waste Equipment Technology Association WCLIB West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau WCMA Window Covering Manufacturers Association WCSC Window Covering Safety Council (Formerly: WCMA - Window Covering Manufacturers Association) WDMA Window & Door Manufacturers Association (Formerly: NWWDA - National Wood Window and Door Association) WI Woodwork Institute (Formerly: WIC - Woodwork Institute of California) WMMPA Wood Moulding & Millwork Producers Association WWPA Western Wood Products Association

C. Code Agencies: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in the following list.

IAPMO International Association of Plumbing and Mechanical Officials ICC International Code Council ICC-ES ICC Evaluation Service, Inc.

D. Federal Government Agencies: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in the following list. Names, telephone numbers, and Web sites are subject to change and are believed to be accurate and up-to-date as of the date of the Contract Documents.

CE Army Corps of Engineers CPSC Consumer Product Safety Commission

Page 97: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590 Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

REFERENCES 01420 - 10/11

EPA Environmental Protection Agency GSA General Services Administration HUD Department of Housing and Urban Development NIST National Institute of Standards and Technology OSHA Occupational Safety & Health Administration PBS Public Buildings Service (See GSA) PHS Office of Public Health and Science USDA Department of Agriculture USPS Postal Service

E. Standards and Regulations: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the standards and regulations in the following list. Names, telephone numbers, and Web sites are subject to change and are believed to be accurate and up-to-date as of the date of the Contract Documents.

ADAAG Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) Architectural Barriers Act (ABA) Accessibility Guidelines for Buildings and Facilities Available from U.S. Access Board CFR Code of Federal Regulations Available from Government Printing Office FED-STD Federal Standard (See FS) FTMS Federal Test Method Standard (See FS) UFAS Uniform Federal Accessibility Standards Available from Access Board

Page 98: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590 Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

REFERENCES 01420 - 11/11

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)

PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)

END OF SECTION 01420

Page 99: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590 Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01500 - 1/8

SECTION 01500 - TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section includes requirements for temporary utilities, support facilities, and security and protection facilities.

B. Related Section:

1. Division 1 Section "Summary" for limitations on work restrictions and utility interruptions.

2. Division 1 Section “LEED Requirements” for SS Prerequisite 1, EQ Credit 3.1 and EQ Credit 3.2.

3. Division 1 Section “Construction Waste Management.”

1.2 USE CHARGES

A. General: Installation and removal of and use charges for temporary facilities shall be included in the Contract Sum unless otherwise indicated. Allow other entities to use temporary services and facilities without cost, including, but not limited to, Architect, testing agencies, and authorities having jurisdiction.

B. Water and Sewer Service from Existing System: Water from Owner's existing water system is available for use without metering and without payment of use charges. Provide connections and extensions of services as required for construction operations.

C. Electric Power Service from Existing System: Electric power from Owner's existing system is available for use without metering and without payment of use charges. Provide connections and extensions of services as required for construction operations.

1.3 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS

A. Site Plan: Show temporary facilities, utility hookups, staging areas, and parking areas for construction personnel.

B. Erosion- and Sedimentation-Control Plan: Show compliance with requirements of EPA Construction General Permit or authorities having jurisdiction, whichever is more stringent.

Page 100: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590 Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01500 - 2/8

1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Electric Service: Comply with NECA, NEMA, and UL standards and regulations for temporary electric service. Install service to comply with NFPA 70.

B. Tests and Inspections: Arrange for authorities having jurisdiction to test and inspect each temporary utility before use. Obtain required certifications and permits.

C. Accessible Temporary Egress: Comply with applicable provisions in [the U.S. Architectural & Transportation Barriers Compliance Board's ADA-ABA Accessibility Guidelines] [and] ICC/ANSI A117.1.

1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS

A. Temporary Use of Permanent Facilities: Engage installer of each permanent service to assume responsibility for operation, maintenance, and protection of each permanent service during its use as a construction facility before Owner's acceptance, regardless of previously assigned responsibilities.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 TEMPORARY FACILITIES

A. Field Offices, General: Prefabricated or mobile units with serviceable finishes, temperature controls, and foundations adequate for normal loading.

B. Common-Use Field Office: Of sufficient size to accommodate needs of Owner, Architect, Construction Manager, and construction personnel office activities and to accommodate project meetings specified in other Division 1 Sections. Keep office clean and orderly.

C. Storage and Fabrication Sheds: Provide sheds sized, furnished, and equipped to accommodate materials and equipment for construction operations.

2.2 EQUIPMENT

A. Fire Extinguishers: Portable, UL rated; with class and extinguishing agent as required by locations and classes of fire exposures.

B. HVAC Equipment: Unless Owner authorizes use of permanent HVAC system, provide vented, self-contained, liquid-propane-gas or fuel-oil heaters with individual space thermostatic control.

1. Use of gasoline-burning space heaters, open-flame heaters, or salamander-type heating units is prohibited.

Page 101: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590 Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01500 - 3/8

2. Heating Units: Listed and labeled for type of fuel being consumed, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use.

3. Permanent HVAC System: If Owner authorizes use of permanent HVAC system for temporary use during construction, provide filter with MERV of 8 at each return air grille in system and remove at end of construction and clean HVAC system as required in Division 1 Section "Closeout Procedures."

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL

A. Locate facilities where they will serve Project adequately and result in minimum interference with performance of the Work. Relocate and modify facilities as required by progress of the Work.

1. Locate facilities to limit site disturbance as specified in Division 1 Section "Summary."

B. Provide each facility ready for use when needed to avoid delay. Do not remove until facilities are no longer needed or are replaced by authorized use of completed permanent facilities.

3.2 TEMPORARY UTILITY INSTALLATION

A. General: Install temporary service or connect to existing service.

1. Arrange with utility company, Owner, and existing users for time when service can be interrupted, if necessary, to make connections for temporary services.

B. Water Service: Connect to Owner's existing water service facilities. Clean and maintain water service facilities in a condition acceptable to Owner. At Substantial Completion, restore these facilities to condition existing before initial use.

C. Sanitary Facilities: Provide temporary toilets, wash facilities, and drinking water for use of construction personnel. Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction for type, number, location, operation, and maintenance of fixtures and facilities.

D. Heating and Cooling: Provide temporary heating and cooling required by construction activities for curing or drying of completed installations or for protecting installed construction from adverse effects of low temperatures or high humidity. Select equipment that will not have a harmful effect on completed installations or elements being installed.

E. Ventilation and Humidity Control: Provide temporary ventilation required by construction activities for curing or drying of completed installations or for protecting installed construction from adverse effects of high humidity. Select equipment that will not have a harmful effect on completed installations or elements being installed.

Page 102: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590 Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01500 - 4/8

Coordinate ventilation requirements to produce ambient condition required and minimize energy consumption.

F. Electric Power Service: Provide electric power service and distribution system of sufficient size, capacity, and power characteristics required for construction operations. 1. Connect temporary service to Owner's existing power source, as directed by

Owner.

G. Lighting: Provide temporary lighting with local switching that provides adequate illumination for construction operations, observations, inspections, and traffic conditions.

1. Install and operate temporary lighting that fulfills security and protection requirements without operating entire system.

H. Telephone Service: Provide temporary telephone service in common-use facilities for use by all construction personnel. Install one telephone line(s) for each field office.

1. Provide additional telephone lines for the following:

a. Provide a dedicated telephone line for each facsimile machine in each field office.

2. At each telephone, post a list of important telephone numbers.

a. Police and fire departments. b. Ambulance service. c. Contractor's home office. d. Architect's office. e. Engineers' offices. f. Owner's office. g. Principal subcontractors' field and home offices.

3. Provide superintendent with cellular telephone or portable two-way radio for use when away from field office.

3.3 SUPPORT FACILITIES INSTALLATION

A. General: Comply with the following:

1. Provide construction for temporary offices, shops, and sheds located within construction area or within 30 feet of building lines that is noncombustible according to ASTM E 136. Comply with NFPA 241.

2. Maintain support facilities until Architect schedules Substantial Completion inspection. Remove before Substantial Completion. Personnel remaining after Substantial Completion will be permitted to use permanent facilities, under conditions acceptable to Owner.

B. Traffic Controls: Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction.

Page 103: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590 Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01500 - 5/8

1. Protect existing site improvements to remain including curbs, pavement, and utilities.

2. Maintain access for fire-fighting equipment and access to fire hydrants.

C. Parking: Use designated areas of Owner's existing parking areas for construction personnel.

D. Dewatering Facilities and Drains: Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. Maintain Project site, excavations, and construction free of water.

1. Dispose of rainwater in a lawful manner that will not result in flooding Project or adjoining properties nor endanger permanent Work or temporary facilities.

2. Remove snow and ice as required to minimize accumulations.

E. Project Signs: Provide Project signs as indicated. Unauthorized signs are not permitted.

1. Identification Signs: Provide Project identification signs as indicated on Drawings.

2. Temporary Signs: Provide other signs as indicated and as required to inform public and individuals seeking entrance to Project.

a. Provide temporary, directional signs for construction personnel and visitors.

3. Maintain and touchup signs so they are legible at all times.

F. Waste Disposal Facilities: Comply with requirements specified in Division 1 Section "Construction Waste Management."

G. Lifts and Hoists: Provide facilities necessary for hoisting materials and personnel.

1. Truck cranes and similar devices used for hoisting materials are considered "tools and equipment" and not temporary facilities.

H. Temporary Elevator Use: Use of elevators is not permitted.

I. Existing Stair Usage: Use of Owner's existing stairs will be permitted, provided stairs are cleaned and maintained in a condition acceptable to Owner.

1. Provide protective coverings, barriers, devices, signs, or other procedures to to maintain means of egress.

J. Temporary Use of Permanent Stairs: Use of new stairs for construction traffic will be permitted, provided stairs are protected and finishes restored to new condition at time of Substantial Completion.

3.4 SECURITY AND PROTECTION FACILITIES INSTALLATION

A. Environmental Protection: Provide protection, operate temporary facilities, and conduct construction as required to comply with environmental regulations and that

Page 104: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590 Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01500 - 6/8

minimize possible air, waterway, and subsoil contamination or pollution or other undesirable effects.

B. Temporary Erosion and Sedimentation Control: Provide measures to prevent soil erosion and discharge of soil-bearing water runoff and airborne dust to undisturbed areas and to adjacent properties and walkways, according to erosion- and sedimentation-control Drawings.

C. Stormwater Control: Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. Provide barriers in and around excavations and subgrade construction to prevent flooding by runoff of stormwater from heavy rains.

D. Tree and Plant Protection: Install temporary fencing located as indicated or outside the drip line of trees to protect vegetation from damage from construction operations. Protect tree root systems from damage, flooding, and erosion.

E. Pest Control: Engage pest-control service to recommend practices to minimize attraction and harboring of rodents, roaches, and other pests and to perform extermination and control procedures at regular intervals so Project will be free of pests and their residues at Substantial Completion. Obtain extended warranty for Owner. Perform control operations lawfully, using environmentally safe materials.

F. Site Enclosure Fence: Furnish and install site enclosure fence in a manner that will prevent people and animals from easily entering site except by entrance gates.

1. Extent of Fence: [As required to enclose entire Project site or portion determined sufficient to accommodate construction operations] [As indicated on Drawings].

2. Maintain security by limiting number of keys and restricting distribution to authorized personnel.[ Furnish one set of keys to Owner.]

G. Security Enclosure and Lockup: Lock entrances at end of each work day.

H. Barricades, Warning Signs, and Lights: Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction for erecting structurally adequate barricades, including warning signs and lighting.

I. Temporary Enclosures: Provide temporary enclosures for protection of construction, in progress and completed, from exposure, foul weather, other construction operations, and similar activities. Provide temporary weathertight enclosure for building exterior.

1. Where heating or cooling is needed and permanent enclosure is not complete, insulate temporary enclosures.

J. Temporary Fire Protection: Install and maintain temporary fire-protection facilities of types needed to protect against reasonably predictable and controllable fire losses. Comply with NFPA 241.

1. Prohibit smoking in construction areas.

Page 105: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590 Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01500 - 7/8

2. Supervise welding operations, combustion-type temporary heating units, and similar sources of fire ignition according to requirements of authorities having jurisdiction.

3. Develop and supervise an overall fire-prevention and -protection program for personnel at Project site. Review needs with local fire department and establish procedures to be followed. Instruct personnel in methods and procedures. Post warnings and information.

4. Provide temporary standpipes and hoses for fire protection. Hang hoses with a warning sign stating that hoses are for fire-protection purposes only and are not to be removed. Match hose size with outlet size and equip with suitable nozzles.

3.5 MOISTURE AND MOLD CONTROL

A. Contractor's Moisture Protection Plan: Avoid trapping water in finished work. Document visible signs of mold that may appear during construction.

B. Exposed Construction Phase: Before installation of weather barriers, when materials are subject to wetting and exposure and to airborne mold spores, protect materials from water damage and keep porous and organic materials from coming into prolonged contact with concrete.

C. Partially Enclosed Construction Phase: After installation of weather barriers but before full enclosure and conditioning of building, when installed materials are still subject to infiltration of moisture and ambient mold spores, protect as follows:

1. Do not load or install drywall or other porous materials or components, or items with high organic content, into partially enclosed building.

2. Keep interior spaces reasonably clean and protected from water damage. 3. Discard or replace water-damaged and wet material. 4. Discard, replace or clean stored or installed material that begins to grow mold. 5. Perform work in a sequence that allows any wet materials adequate time to dry

before enclosing the material in drywall or other interior finishes.

D. Controlled Construction Phase of Construction: After completing and sealing of the building enclosure but prior to the full operation of permanent HVAC systems, maintain as follows:

1. Control moisture and humidity inside building by maintaining effective dry-in conditions.

2. Remove materials that can not be completely restored to their manufactured moisture level within 48 hours.

3.6 OPERATION, TERMINATION, AND REMOVAL

A. Supervision: Enforce strict discipline in use of temporary facilities. To minimize waste and abuse, limit availability of temporary facilities to essential and intended uses.

B. Maintenance: Maintain facilities in good operating condition until removal.

Page 106: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590 Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01500 - 8/8

1. Maintain operation of temporary enclosures, heating, cooling, humidity control, ventilation, and similar facilities on a 24-hour basis where required to achieve indicated results and to avoid possibility of damage.

C. Temporary Facility Changeover: Do not change over from using temporary security and protection facilities to permanent facilities until Substantial Completion.

D. Termination and Removal: Remove each temporary facility when need for its service has ended, when it has been replaced by authorized use of a permanent facility, or no later than Substantial Completion. Complete or, if necessary, restore permanent construction that may have been delayed because of interference with temporary facility. Repair damaged Work, clean exposed surfaces, and replace construction that cannot be satisfactorily repaired.

1. Materials and facilities that constitute temporary facilities are property of Contractor. Owner reserves right to take possession of Project identification signs.

2. At Substantial Completion, repair, renovate, and clean permanent facilities used during construction period. Comply with final cleaning requirements specified in Division 1 Section "Closeout Procedures."

END OF SECTION 01500

Page 107: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590 Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT 01524 - 1/7

SECTION 01524 - CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for the following: 1. Salvaging nonhazardous demolition and construction waste. 2. Recycling nonhazardous construction waste. 3. Disposing of nonhazardous demolition and construction waste.

B. Related Sections: 1. Division 1 Section "Selective Demolition" for disposition of waste resulting from

partial demolition of buildings, structures, and site improvements. 2. Division 2 Section "Site Clearing" for disposition of waste resulting from site

clearing and removal of above- and below-grade improvements.

1.2 DEFINITIONS

A. Construction Waste: Building and site improvement materials and other solid waste resulting from construction, remodeling, renovation, or repair operations. Construction waste includes packaging.

B. Demolition Waste: Building and site improvement materials resulting from demolition or selective demolition operations.

C. Disposal: Removal off-site of demolition and construction waste and subsequent sale, recycling, reuse, or deposit in landfill or incinerator acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.

D. Recycle: Recovery of demolition or construction waste for subsequent processing in preparation for reuse.

E. Salvage: Recovery of demolition or construction waste and subsequent sale or reuse in another facility.

F. Salvage and Reuse: Recovery of demolition or construction waste and subsequent incorporation into the Work.

1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

A. General: Achieve end-of-Project rates for salvage/recycling of 50 percent by weight of total non-hazardous solid waste generated by the Work. Facilitate recycling and salvage of

Page 108: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590 Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT 01524 - 2/7

1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS

A. Waste Management Plan: Submit plan within 21 days of date established for the Notice to Proceed .

1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS

A. Waste Reduction Progress Reports: Concurrent with each Application for Payment, submit report. Include the following information: 1. Material category. 2. Hauler name and destination of diverted materials. 3. Generation point of waste. 4. Total quantity of waste by volume or weight. Use one method consistently

throughout project. 5. Quantity of waste salvaged, both estimated and actual by volume or weight. 6. Quantity of waste recycled, both estimated and actual iby volume or weight. 7. Total quantity of waste recovered (salvaged plus recycled) by volume or weight. 8. Total quantity of waste recovered (salvaged plus recycled) as a percentage of

total waste.

B. Waste Reduction Calculations: Before request for Substantial Completion, submit calculated end-of-Project rates for salvage, recycling, and disposal as a percentage of total waste generated by the Work.

C. Records of Donations: Indicate receipt and acceptance of salvageable waste donated to individuals and organizations. Indicate whether organization is tax exempt.

D. Records of Sales: Indicate receipt and acceptance of salvageable waste sold to individuals and organizations. Indicate whether organization is tax exempt.

E. Recycling and Processing Facility Records: Indicate receipt and acceptance of recyclable waste by recycling and processing facilities licensed to accept them. Include manifests, weight tickets, receipts, and invoices.

F. Landfill and Incinerator Disposal Records: Indicate receipt and acceptance of waste by landfills and incinerator facilities licensed to accept them. Include manifests, weight tickets, receipts, and invoices.

G. LEED Submittal: LEED letter template for Credit MR 2.1, signed by Contractor, tabulating total waste material, quantities diverted and means by which it is diverted, and statement that requirements for the credit have been met.

H. Qualification Data: For waste management coordinator .

I. Statement of Refrigerant Recovery: Signed by refrigerant recovery technician responsible for recovering refrigerant, stating that all refrigerant that was present was recovered and that recovery was performed according to EPA regulations. Include name and address of technician and date refrigerant was recovered.

Page 109: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590 Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT 01524 - 3/7

1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Waste Management Coordinator Qualifications: LEED Accredited Professional, certified by USGBC.

B. Refrigerant Recovery Technician Qualifications: Certified by EPA-approved certification program.

C. Waste Management Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in Division 1 Section "Project Management and Coordination."

1.7 WASTE MANAGEMENT PLAN

A. General: Develop a waste management plan according to ASTM E 1609 and requirements of this Section. Plan shall consist of waste identification, waste reduction work plan, and cost/revenue analysis. Distinguish between demolition and construction waste. Indicate quantities by weight or volume, but use same units of measure throughout waste management plan.

B. Waste Identification: Indicate anticipated types and quantities of demolition and construction waste generated by the Work. Include estimated quantities and assumptions for estimates.

C. Waste Location: Indicate specific area on-site for collection of commingled or segregated recyclable material.

D. Waste Reduction Work Plan: List each type of waste and whether it will be salvaged, recycled, or disposed of in landfill or incinerator. Include points of waste generation, total quantity of each type of waste, quantity for each means of recovery, and handling and transportation procedures. 1. Salvaged Materials for Reuse: For materials that will be salvaged and reused in

this Project, describe methods for preparing salvaged materials before incorporation into the Work.

2. Salvaged Materials for Sale: For materials that will be sold to individuals and organizations, include list of their names, addresses, and telephone numbers.

3. Salvaged Materials for Donation: For materials that will be donated to individuals and organizations, include list of their names, addresses, and telephone numbers.

4. Recycled Materials: Include list of local receivers and processors and type of recycled materials each will accept. Include names, addresses, and telephone numbers.

5. Disposed Materials: Indicate how and where materials will be disposed of. Include name, address, and telephone number of each landfill and incinerator facility.

6. Handling and Transportation Procedures: Include method that will be used for separating recyclable waste including sizes of containers, container labeling, and designated location on Project site where materials separation will be located.

Page 110: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590 Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT 01524 - 4/7

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 PLAN IMPLEMENTATION

A. General: Implement approved waste management plan. Provide handling, containers, storage, signage, transportation, and other items as required to implement waste management plan during the entire duration of the Contract.

B. Waste Management Coordinator: Engage a waste management coordinator to be responsible for implementing, monitoring, and reporting status of waste management work plan.

C. Training: Train workers, subcontractors, and suppliers on proper waste management procedures, as appropriate for the Work occurring at Project site. 1. Distribute waste management plan to everyone concerned within three days of

submittal return. 2. Distribute waste management plan to entities when they first begin work on-site.

Review plan procedures and locations established for salvage, recycling, and disposal.

D. Site Access and Temporary Controls: Conduct waste management operations to ensure minimum interference with roads, streets, walks, walkways, and other adjacent occupied and used facilities. 1. Designate and label specific areas on Project site necessary for separating

materials that are to be salvaged, recycled, reused, donated, and sold. 2. Comply with Division 1 Section "Temporary Facilities and Controls" for controlling

dust and dirt, environmental protection, and noise control.

3.2 SALVAGING DEMOLITION WASTE

A. Salvaged Items for Reuse in the Work: 1. Clean salvaged items. 2. Pack or crate items after cleaning. Identify contents of containers. 3. Store items in a secure area until installation. 4. Protect items from damage during transport and storage. 5. Install salvaged items to comply with installation requirements for new materials

and equipment. Provide connections, supports, and miscellaneous materials necessary to make items functional for use indicated.

B. Salvaged Items for Sale and Donation: Not permitted on Project site.

C. Salvaged Items for Owner's Use: 1. Clean salvaged items. 2. Pack or crate items after cleaning. Identify contents of containers. 3. Store items in a secure area until delivery to Owner. 4. Transport items to Owner's storage area [off-site] [designated by Owner].

Page 111: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590 Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT 01524 - 5/7

5. Protect items from damage during transport and storage.

3.3 RECYCLING DEMOLITION AND CONSTRUCTION WASTE, GENERAL

A. General: Recycle paper and beverage containers used by on-site workers.

B. Recycling Incentives: Revenues, savings, rebates, tax credits, and other incentives received for recycling waste materials shall [accrue to Owner] [accrue to Contractor] [be shared equally by Owner and Contractor].

C. Procedures: Separate recyclable waste from other waste materials, trash, and debris. Separate recyclable waste by type at Project site to the maximum extent practical according to approved construction waste management plan. 1. Provide appropriately marked containers or bins for controlling recyclable waste

until they are removed from Project site. Include list of acceptable and unacceptable materials at each container and bin.

a. Inspect containers and bins for contamination and remove contaminated materials if found.

2. Stockpile processed materials on-site without intermixing with other materials. Place, grade, and shape stockpiles to drain surface water. Cover to prevent windblown dust.

3. Stockpile materials away from construction area. Do not store within drip line of remaining trees.

4. Store components off the ground and protect from the weather. 5. Remove recyclable waste off Owner's property and transport to recycling receiver

or processor.

3.4 RECYCLING DEMOLITION WASTE

A. Asphaltic Concrete Paving: Grind asphalt to maximum [1-1/2-inch] [4-inch] size.

B. Asphaltic Concrete Paving: Break up and transport paving to asphalt-recycling facility.

C. Concrete: Remove reinforcement and other metals from concrete and sort with other metals. 1. Pulverize concrete to maximum [1-1/2-inch] [4-inch] size.

D. Masonry: Remove metal reinforcement, anchors, and ties from masonry and sort with other metals. 1. Pulverize masonry to maximum [3/4-inch] [1-inch] [1-1/2-inch] [4-inch] size. 2. Clean and stack undamaged, whole masonry units on wood pallets.

E. Wood Materials: Sort and stack members according to size, type, and length. Separate lumber, engineered wood products, panel products, and treated wood materials.

F. Metals: Separate metals by type. 1. Structural Steel: Stack members according to size, type of member, and length.

Page 112: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590 Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT 01524 - 6/7

2. Remove and dispose of bolts, nuts, washers, and other rough hardware.

G. Asphalt Shingle Roofing: Separate organic and glass-fiber asphalt shingles and felts. Remove and dispose of nails, staples, and accessories.

H. Metal Suspension System: Separate metal members including trim, and other metals from acoustical panels and tile and sort with other metals.

I. Piping: Reduce piping to straight lengths and store by type and size. Separate supports, hangers, valves, sprinklers, and other components by type and size.

J. Conduit: Reduce conduit to straight lengths and store by type and size.

3.5 RECYCLING CONSTRUCTION WASTE

A. Packaging: 1. Cardboard and Boxes: Break down packaging into flat sheets. Bundle and store

in a dry location. 2. Polystyrene Packaging: Separate and bag materials. 3. Pallets: As much as possible, require deliveries using pallets to remove pallets

from Project site. For pallets that remain on-site, break down pallets into component wood pieces and comply with requirements for recycling wood.

4. Crates: Break down crates into component wood pieces and comply with requirements for recycling wood.

B. Site-Clearing Wastes: Chip brush, branches, and trees [on-site] [at landfill facility].

C. Wood Materials: 1. Clean Cut-Offs of Lumber: Grind or chip into small pieces. 2. Clean Sawdust: Bag sawdust that does not contain painted or treated wood.

D. Gypsum Board: Stack large clean pieces on wood pallets or in container and store in a dry location. 1. Clean Gypsum Board: Grind scraps of clean gypsum board using small mobile

chipper or hammer mill. Screen out paper after grinding.

3.6 DISPOSAL OF WASTE

A. General: Except for items or materials to be salvaged, recycled, or otherwise reused, remove waste materials from Project site and legally dispose of them in a landfill or incinerator acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Except as otherwise specified, do not allow waste materials that are to be

disposed of accumulate on-site. 2. Remove and transport debris in a manner that will prevent spillage on adjacent

surfaces and areas.

B. Burning: Do not burn waste materials.

Page 113: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590 Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT 01524 - 7/7

C. Burning: Burning of waste materials is permitted only at designated areas on Owner's property, provided required permits are obtained. Provide full-time monitoring for burning materials until fires are extinguished.

D. Disposal: Transport waste materials and dispose of at designated spoil areas on Owner's property.

E. Disposal: Transport waste materials off Owner's property and legally dispose of them.

3.7 SAMPLE FORMS

END OF SECTION 01524

Page 114: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590 Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 01600 - 1/5

SECTION 01600 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for selection of products for use in Project; product delivery, storage, and handling; manufacturers' standard warranties on products; special warranties; and comparable products.

B. Related Sections:

1. Division 1 Section "Substitution Procedures" for requests for substitutions.

2. Division 1 Section “LEED Requirements.”

1.2 DEFINITIONS

A. Products: Items obtained for incorporating into the Work, whether purchased for Project or taken from previously purchased stock. The term "product" includes the terms "material," "equipment," "system," and terms of similar intent.

1. Named Products: Items identified by manufacturer's product name, including make or model number or other designation shown or listed in manufacturer's published product literature, that is current as of date of the Contract Documents.

2. New Products: Items that have not previously been incorporated into another project or facility. Products salvaged or recycled from other projects are not considered new products.

3. Comparable Product: Product that is demonstrated and approved through submittal process to have the indicated qualities related to type, function, dimension, in-service performance, physical properties, appearance, and other characteristics that equal or exceed those of specified product.

B. Basis-of-Design Product Specification: A specification in which a specific manufacturer's product is named and accompanied by the words "basis-of-design product," including make or model number or other designation, to establish the significant qualities related to type, function, dimension, in-service performance, physical properties, appearance, and other characteristics for purposes of evaluating comparable products of additional manufacturers named in the specification.

1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS

A. Comparable Product Requests: Submit request for consideration of each comparable product. Identify product or fabrication or installation method to be replaced. Include Specification Section number and title and Drawing numbers and titles.

Page 115: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590 Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 01600 - 2/5

1. Architect's Action: If necessary, Architect will request additional information or documentation for evaluation within one week of receipt of a comparable product request. Architect will notify Contractor through Construction Manager of approval or rejection of proposed comparable product request within 14 days of receipt of request, or seven days of receipt of additional information or documentation, whichever is later.

a. Form of Approval: As specified in Division 1 Section "Submittal Procedures."

b. Use product specified if Architect does not issue a decision on use of a comparable product request within time allocated.

B. Basis-of-Design Product Specification Submittal: Comply with requirements in Division 1 Section "Submittal Procedures." Show compliance with requirements.

1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Compatibility of Options: If Contractor is given option of selecting between two or more products for use on Project, select product compatible with products previously selected, even if previously selected products were also options.

1.5 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A. Deliver, store, and handle products using means and methods that will prevent damage, deterioration, and loss, including theft and vandalism. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions.

B. Delivery and Handling:

1. Schedule delivery to minimize long-term storage at Project site and to prevent overcrowding of construction spaces.

2. Coordinate delivery with installation time to ensure minimum holding time for items that are flammable, hazardous, easily damaged, or sensitive to deterioration, theft, and other losses.

3. Deliver products to Project site in an undamaged condition in manufacturer's original sealed container or other packaging system, complete with labels and instructions for handling, storing, unpacking, protecting, and installing.

4. Inspect products on delivery to determine compliance with the Contract Documents and to determine that products are undamaged and properly protected.

C. Storage:

1. Store products to allow for inspection and measurement of quantity or counting of units.

2. Store materials in a manner that will not endanger Project structure. 3. Store products that are subject to damage by the elements, under cover in a

weathertight enclosure above ground, with ventilation adequate to prevent condensation.

Page 116: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590 Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 01600 - 3/5

4. Store foam plastic from exposure to sunlight, except to extent necessary for period of installation and concealment.

5. Comply with product manufacturer's written instructions for temperature, humidity, ventilation, and weather-protection requirements for storage.

6. Protect stored products from damage and liquids from freezing.

1.6 PRODUCT WARRANTIES

A. Warranties specified in other Sections shall be in addition to, and run concurrent with, other warranties required by the Contract Documents. Manufacturer's disclaimers and limitations on product warranties do not relieve Contractor of obligations under requirements of the Contract Documents.

1. Manufacturer's Warranty: Written warranty furnished by individual manufacturer for a particular product and specifically endorsed by manufacturer to Owner.

2. Special Warranty: Written warranty required by the Contract Documents to provide specific rights for Owner.

B. Special Warranties: Prepare a written document that contains appropriate terms and identification, ready for execution.

1. Manufacturer's Standard Form: Modified to include Project-specific information and properly executed.

2. Specified Form: When specified forms are included with the Specifications, prepare a written document using indicated form properly executed.

3. Refer to Divisions 2 through 16. Sections for specific content requirements and particular requirements for submitting special warranties.

C. Submittal Time: Comply with requirements in Division 1 Section "Closeout Procedures."

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 PRODUCT SELECTION PROCEDURES

A. General Product Requirements: Provide products that comply with the Contract Documents, are undamaged and, unless otherwise indicated, are new at time of installation.

1. Provide products complete with accessories, trim, finish, fasteners, and other items needed for a complete installation and indicated use and effect.

2. Standard Products: If available, and unless custom products or nonstandard options are specified, provide standard products of types that have been produced and used successfully in similar situations on other projects.

3. Owner reserves the right to limit selection to products with warranties not in conflict with requirements of the Contract Documents.

4. Where products are accompanied by the term "as selected," Architect will make selection.

Page 117: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590 Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 01600 - 4/5

5. Descriptive, performance, and reference standard requirements in the Specifications establish salient characteristics of products.

B. Product Selection Procedures:

1. Product: Where Specifications name a single manufacturer and product, provide the named product that complies with requirements. Comparable products or substitutions for Contractor's convenience will not be considered.

2. Manufacturer/Source: Where Specifications name a single manufacturer or source, provide a product by the named manufacturer or source that complies with requirements. Comparable products or substitutions for Contractor's convenience will not be considered.

3. Products:

a. Restricted List: Where Specifications include a list of names of both manufacturers and products, provide one of the products listed that complies with requirements. Comparable products or substitutions for Contractor's convenience will be considered, unless otherwise indicated.

b. Nonrestricted List: Where Specifications include a list of names of both available manufacturers and products, provide one of the products listed, or an unnamed product, that complies with requirements. Comply with requirements in "Comparable Products" Article for consideration of an unnamed product.

4. Manufacturers:

a. Restricted List: Where Specifications include a list of manufacturers' names, provide a product by one of the manufacturers listed that complies with requirements. Comparable products or substitutions for Contractor's convenience [will] [will not] be considered[, unless otherwise indicated].

b. Nonrestricted List: Where Specifications include a list of available manufacturers, provide a product by one of the manufacturers listed, or a product by an unnamed manufacturer, that complies with requirements. Comply with requirements in "Comparable Products" Article for consideration of an unnamed manufacturer's product.

5. Basis-of-Design Product: Where Specifications name a product, or refer to a product indicated on Drawings, and include a list of manufacturers, provide the specified or indicated product or a comparable product by one of the other named manufacturers. Drawings and Specifications indicate sizes, profiles, dimensions, and other characteristics that are based on the product named. Comply with requirements in "Comparable Products" Article for consideration of an unnamed product by one of the other named manufacturers.

C. Visual Matching Specification: Where Specifications require "match Architect's sample", provide a product that complies with requirements and matches Architect's sample. Architect's decision will be final on whether a proposed product matches.

1. If no product available within specified category matches and complies with other specified requirements, comply with requirements in Division 1 Section "Substitution Procedures" for proposal of product.

Page 118: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590 Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 01600 - 5/5

D. Visual Selection Specification: Where Specifications include the phrase "as selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range" or similar phrase, select a product that complies with requirements. Architect will select color, gloss, pattern, density, or texture from manufacturer's product line that includes both standard and premium items.

2.2 COMPARABLE PRODUCTS

A. Conditions for Consideration: Architect will consider Contractor's request for comparable product when the following conditions are satisfied. If the following conditions are not satisfied, Architect may return requests without action, except to record noncompliance with these requirements:

1. Evidence that the proposed product does not require revisions to the Contract Documents, that it is consistent with the Contract Documents and will produce the indicated results, and that it is compatible with other portions of the Work.

2. Detailed comparison of significant qualities of proposed product with those named in the Specifications. Significant qualities include attributes such as performance, weight, size, durability, visual effect, and specific features and requirements indicated.

3. Evidence that proposed product meets applicable LEED credit requirements. 4. Evidence that proposed product provides specified warranty. 5. List of similar installations for completed projects with project names and

addresses and names and addresses of architects and owners, if requested. 6. Samples, if requested.

PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)

END OF SECTION 01600

Page 119: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590 Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES 01635 - 1/4

SECTION 01635 - SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for substitutions.

B. Related Section:

1. Division 1 Section "Product Requirements" for requirements for submitting comparable product submittals for products by listed manufacturers.

2. Division 1 Section “LEED Requirements” for LEED requirements.

1.2 DEFINITIONS

A. Substitutions: Changes in products, materials, equipment, and methods of construction from those required by the Contract Documents and proposed by Contractor.

1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. Substitution Requests: Submit six copies of each request for consideration. Identify product or fabrication or installation method to be replaced. Include Specification Section number and title and Drawing numbers and titles.

1. Substitution Request Form: Use [CSI Form 13.1A] [facsimile of form provided in the Project Manual].

2. Documentation: Show compliance with requirements for substitutions and the following, as applicable:

a. Statement indicating why specified product or fabrication or installation cannot be provided, if applicable.

b. Confirmation that substituted product meets applicable LEED requirements.

c. Coordination information, including a list of changes or modifications needed to other parts of the Work and to construction performed by Owner and separate contractors, that will be necessary to accommodate proposed substitution.

d. Detailed comparison of significant qualities of proposed substitution with those of the Work specified. Include annotated copy of applicable specification section. Significant qualities may include attributes such as performance, weight, size, durability, visual effect, sustainable design characteristics, warranties, and specific features and requirements indicated. Indicate deviations, if any, from the Work specified.

Page 120: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590 Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES 01635 - 2/4

e. Product Data, including drawings and descriptions of products and fabrication and installation procedures.

f. Samples, where applicable or requested. g. Certificates and qualification data, where applicable or requested. h. List of similar installations for completed projects with project names and

addresses and names and addresses of architects and owners. i. Material test reports from a qualified testing agency indicating and

interpreting test results for compliance with requirements indicated. j. Research reports evidencing compliance with building code in effect for

Project, from [ICC-ES] <Insert applicable code organization>. k. Detailed comparison of Contractor's construction schedule using proposed

substitution with products specified for the Work, including effect on the overall Contract Time. If specified product or method of construction cannot be provided within the Contract Time, include letter from manufacturer, on manufacturer's letterhead, stating date of receipt of purchase order, lack of availability, or delays in delivery.

l. Cost information, including a proposal of change, if any, in the Contract Sum.

m. Contractor's certification that proposed substitution complies with requirements in the Contract Documents except as indicated in substitution request, is compatible with related materials, and is appropriate for applications indicated.

n. Contractor's waiver of rights to additional payment or time that may subsequently become necessary because of failure of proposed substitution to produce indicated results.

3. Architect's Action: If necessary, Architect will request additional information or documentation for evaluation within fourteen days of receipt of a request for substitution. Architect will notify Contractor through Construction Manager of acceptance or rejection of proposed substitution within 14 days of receipt of request, or seven days of receipt of additional information or documentation, whichever is later.

a. Forms of Acceptance: Change Order, Construction Change Directive, or Architect's Supplemental Instructions for minor changes in the Work.

b. Use product specified if Architect does not issue a decision on use of a proposed substitution within time allocated.

1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Compatibility of Substitutions: Investigate and document compatibility of proposed substitution with related products and materials. Engage qualified testing agency to perform compatibility tests recommended by manufacturers.

Page 121: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590 Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES 01635 - 3/4

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 SUBSTITUTIONS

A. Substitutions for Cause: Submit requests for substitution immediately upon discovery of need for change, but not later than 14 days prior to time required for preparation and review of related submittals.

1. Conditions: Architect will consider Contractor's request for substitution when the following conditions are satisfied:

a. Requested substitution is consistent with the Contract Documents and will produce indicated results.

b. Requested substitution will not adversely affect Contractor's construction schedule.

c. Requested substitution has received necessary approvals of authorities having jurisdiction.

d. Requested substitution is compatible with other portions of the Work. e. Requested substitution has been coordinated with other portions of the

Work. f. Requested substitution provides specified warranty. g. If requested substitution involves more than one contractor, requested

substitution has been coordinated with other portions of the Work, is uniform and consistent, is compatible with other products, and is acceptable to all contractors involved.

B. Substitutions for Convenience: Architect will consider requests for substitution if received within 60 days after the Notice to Proceed .

1. Conditions: Architect will consider Contractor's request for substitution when the following conditions are satisfied:

a. Requested substitution offers Owner a substantial advantage in cost, time, energy conservation, or other considerations, after deducting additional responsibilities Owner must assume. Owner's additional responsibilities may include compensation to Architect for redesign and evaluation services, increased cost of other construction by Owner, and similar considerations.

b. Requested substitution does not require extensive revisions to the Contract Documents.

c. Requested substitution is consistent with the Contract Documents and will produce indicated results.

d. Requested substitution will not adversely affect Contractor's construction schedule.

e. Requested substitution has received necessary approvals of authorities having jurisdiction.

f. Requested substitution is compatible with other portions of the Work. g. Requested substitution has been coordinated with other portions of the

Work. h. Requested substitution provides specified warranty.

Page 122: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590 Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES 01635 - 4/4

i. If requested substitution involves more than one contractor, requested substitution has been coordinated with other portions of the Work, is uniform and consistent, is compatible with other products, and is acceptable to all contractors involved.

PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)

END OF SECTION 01635

Page 123: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590 Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS 01700 - 1/9

SECTION 01700 - EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section includes general administrative and procedural requirements governing execution of the Work including, but not limited to, the following:

1. Construction layout. 2. Field engineering and surveying. 3. Installation of the Work. 4. Cutting and patching. 5. Progress cleaning. 6. Starting and adjusting. 7. Protection of installed construction. 8. Correction of the Work.

B. Related Sections: 1. Division 1 “LEED Requirements.” 2. Division 1 “Construction Waste Management.” 3. Division 1 Section "Closeout Procedures" for submitting final property survey with

Project Record Documents, recording of Owner-accepted deviations from indicated lines and levels, and final cleaning.

4. Division 7 Section "Through-Penetration Firestop Systems" for patching penetrations in fire-rated construction.

1.2 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS

A. Certificates: Submit certificate signed by professional engineer certifying that location and elevation of improvements comply with requirements.

B. Landfill Receipts: Submit copy of receipts issued by a landfill facility, licensed to accept hazardous materials, for hazardous waste disposal. 1. Submit receipts showing amount (by weight or volume – one method through out

project) of materials disposed or recycled.

C. Certified Surveys: Submit three copies signed by professional engineer.

D. Final Property Survey: Submit 10 copies showing the Work performed and record survey data.

Page 124: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590 Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS 01700 - 2/9

1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Land Surveyor Qualifications: A professional land surveyor who is legally qualified to practice in jurisdiction where Project is located and who is experienced in providing land-surveying services of the kind indicated.

B. Cutting and Patching: Comply with requirements for and limitations on cutting and patching of construction elements.

1. Structural Elements: When cutting and patching structural elements, notify Architect of locations and details of cutting and await directions from the Architect before proceeding. Shore, brace, and support structural element during cutting and patching. Do not cut and patch structural elements in a manner that could change their load-carrying capacity or increase deflection

2. Visual Elements: Do not cut and patch construction in a manner that results in visual evidence of cutting and patching. Do not cut and patch exposed construction in a manner that would, in Architect's opinion, reduce the building's aesthetic qualities. Remove and replace construction that has been cut and patched in a visually unsatisfactory manner.

1.4 WARRANTY

A. Existing Warranties: Remove, replace, patch, and repair materials and surfaces cut or damaged during installation or cutting and patching operations, by methods and with materials so as not to void existing warranties.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS

A. General: Comply with requirements specified in other Sections.

1. For projects requiring compliance with sustainable design and construction practices and procedures, utilize products for patching that comply with requirements of Division 1 Section "LEED Requirements."

B. In-Place Materials: Use materials for patching identical to in-place materials. For exposed surfaces, use materials that visually match in-place adjacent surfaces to the fullest extent possible.

1. If identical materials are unavailable or cannot be used, use materials that, when installed, will provide a match acceptable to the Architect for the visual and functional performance of in-place materials.

Page 125: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590 Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS 01700 - 3/9

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Existing Conditions: The existence and location of underground and other utilities and construction indicated as existing are not guaranteed. Before beginning sitework, investigate and verify the existence and location of underground utilities,mechanical and electrical systems, and other construction affecting the Work.

1. Before construction, verify the location and invert elevation at points of connection of sanitary sewer, storm sewer, and water-service piping; underground electrical services, and other utilities.

2. Furnish location data for work related to Project that must be performed by public utilities serving Project site.

B. Examination and Acceptance of Conditions: Before proceeding with each component of the Work, examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer or Applicator present where indicated, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance. Record observations.

1. Verify compatibility with and suitability of substrates, including compatibility with existing finishes or primers.

2. Examine roughing-in for mechanical and electrical systems to verify actual locations of connections before equipment and fixture installation.

3. Examine walls, floors, and roofs for suitable conditions where products and systems are to be installed.

4. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. Proceeding with the Work indicates acceptance of surfaces and conditions.

3.2 PREPARATION

A. Existing Utility Information: Furnish information to [local utility] [Owner] that is necessary to adjust, move, or relocate existing utility structures, utility poles, lines, services, or other utility appurtenances located in or affected by construction. Coordinate with authorities having jurisdiction.

B. Field Measurements: Take field measurements as required to fit the Work properly. Recheck measurements before installing each product. Where portions of the Work are indicated to fit to other construction, verify dimensions of other construction by field measurements before fabrication. Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid delaying the Work.

C. Space Requirements: Verify space requirements and dimensions of items shown diagrammatically on Drawings.

D. Review of Contract Documents and Field Conditions: Immediately on discovery of the need for clarification of the Contract Documents caused by differing field conditions outside the control of the Contractor, submit a request for information to Architect

Page 126: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590 Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS 01700 - 4/9

according to requirements in Division 1 Section "Project Management and Coordination."

3.3 CONSTRUCTION LAYOUT

A. Verification: Before proceeding to lay out the Work, verify layout information shown on Drawings, in relation to the property survey and existing benchmarks. If discrepancies are discovered, notify Architect and Construction Manager promptly.

B. General: Engage a professional engineer to lay out the Work using accepted surveying practices.

1. Establish benchmarks and control points to set lines and levels at each story of construction and elsewhere as needed to locate each element of Project.

2. Establish dimensions within tolerances indicated. Do not scale Drawings to obtain required dimensions.

3. Inform installers of lines and levels to which they must comply. 4. Check the location, level and plumb, of every major element as the Work

progresses. 5. Notify Architect and Construction Manager when deviations from required lines

and levels exceed allowable tolerances. 6. Close site surveys with an error of closure equal to or less than the standard

established by authorities having jurisdiction.

C. Site Improvements: Locate and lay out site improvements, including pavements, grading, fill and topsoil placement, utility slopes, and rim and invert elevations.

D. Building Lines and Levels: Locate and lay out control lines and levels for structures, building foundations, column grids, and floor levels, including those required for mechanical and electrical work. Transfer survey markings and elevations for use with control lines and levels. Level foundations and piers from two or more locations.

E. Record Log: Maintain a log of layout control work. Record deviations from required lines and levels. Include beginning and ending dates and times of surveys, weather conditions, name and duty of each survey party member, and types of instruments and tapes used. Make the log available for reference by Architect and Construction Manager.

3.4 FIELD ENGINEERING

A. Reference Points: Locate existing permanent benchmarks, control points, and similar reference points before beginning the Work. Preserve and protect permanent benchmarks and control points during construction operations.

B. Benchmarks: Establish and maintain a minimum of two permanent benchmarks on Project site, referenced to data established by survey control points. Comply with authorities having jurisdiction for type and size of benchmark.

Page 127: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590 Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS 01700 - 5/9

1. Record benchmark locations, with horizontal and vertical data, on Project Record Documents.

C. Certified Survey: On completion of foundation walls, major site improvements, and other work requiring field-engineering services, prepare a certified survey showing dimensions, locations, angles, and elevations of construction and sitework.

D. Final Property Survey: Engage a professional engineer to prepare a final property survey showing significant features (real property) for Project. Include on the survey a certification, signed by professional engineer, that principal metes, bounds, lines, and levels of Project are accurately positioned as shown on the survey.

1. Recording: At Substantial Completion, have the final property survey recorded by or with authorities having jurisdiction as the official "property survey."

3.5 INSTALLATION

A. General: Locate the Work and components of the Work accurately, in correct alignment and elevation, as indicated.

1. Make vertical work plumb and make horizontal work level. 2. Where space is limited, install components to maximize space available for

maintenance and ease of removal for replacement. 3. Conceal pipes, ducts, and wiring in finished areas, unless otherwise indicated.

B. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations for installing products in applications indicated.

C. Install products at the time and under conditions that will ensure the best possible results. Maintain conditions required for product performance until Substantial Completion.

D. Conduct construction operations so no part of the Work is subjected to damaging operations or loading in excess of that expected during normal conditions of occupancy.

E. Tools and Equipment: Do not use tools or equipment that produce harmful noise levels.

F. Templates: Obtain and distribute to the parties involved templates for work specified to be factory prepared and field installed. Check Shop Drawings of other work to confirm that adequate provisions are made for locating and installing products to comply with indicated requirements.

G. Attachment: Provide blocking and attachment plates and anchors and fasteners of adequate size and number to securely anchor each component in place, accurately located and aligned with other portions of the Work. Where size and type of attachments are not indicated, verify size and type required for load conditions.

Page 128: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590 Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS 01700 - 6/9

1. Mounting Heights: Where mounting heights are not indicated, mount components at heights directed by Architect.

2. Allow for building movement, including thermal expansion and contraction. 3. Coordinate installation of anchorages. Furnish setting drawings, templates, and

directions for installing anchorages, including sleeves, concrete inserts, anchor bolts, and items with integral anchors, that are to be embedded in concrete or masonry. Deliver such items to Project site in time for installation.

H. Joints: Make joints of uniform width. Where joint locations in exposed work are not indicated, arrange joints for the best visual effect. Fit exposed connections together to form hairline joints.

I. Hazardous Materials: Use products, cleaners, and installation materials that are not considered hazardous.

J. Comply with IAQ Management Plan.

3.6 CUTTING AND PATCHING

A. Cutting and Patching, General: Employ skilled workers to perform cutting and patching. Proceed with cutting and patching at the earliest feasible time, and complete without delay.

1. Cut in-place construction to provide for installation of other components or performance of other construction, and subsequently patch as required to restore surfaces to their original condition.

B. Temporary Support: Provide temporary support of work to be cut.

C. Protection: Protect in-place construction during cutting and patching to prevent damage. Provide protection from adverse weather conditions for portions of Project that might be exposed during cutting and patching operations.

D. Adjacent Occupied Areas: Avoid interference with use of adjoining areas or interruption of free passage to adjoining areas.

E. Cutting: Cut in-place construction by sawing, drilling, breaking, chipping, grinding, and similar operations, including excavation, using methods least likely to damage elements retained or adjoining construction. If possible, review proposed procedures with original Installer; comply with original Installer's written recommendations.

1. In general, use hand or small power tools designed for sawing and grinding, not hammering and chopping. Cut holes and slots neatly to minimum size required, and with minimum disturbance of adjacent surfaces. Temporarily cover openings when not in use.

2. Finished Surfaces: Cut or drill from the exposed or finished side into concealed surfaces.

3. Concrete and Masonry: Cut using a cutting machine, such as an abrasive saw or a diamond-core drill.

Page 129: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590 Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS 01700 - 7/9

4. Excavating and Backfilling: Comply with requirements in applicable Division 2 Sections where required by cutting and patching operations.

5. Mechanical and Electrical Services: Cut off pipe or conduit in walls or partitions to be removed. Cap, valve, or plug and seal remaining portion of pipe or conduit to prevent entrance of moisture or other foreign matter after cutting.

6. Proceed with patching after construction operations requiring cutting are complete.

F. Patching: Patch construction by filling, repairing, refinishing, closing up, and similar operations following performance of other work. Patch with durable seams that are as invisible as practicable. Provide materials and comply with installation requirements specified in other Sections, where applicable.

1. Inspection: Where feasible, test and inspect patched areas after completion to demonstrate physical integrity of installation.

2. Exposed Finishes: Restore exposed finishes of patched areas and extend finish restoration into retained adjoining construction in a manner that will minimize evidence of patching and refinishing.

3. Floors and Walls: Where walls or partitions that are removed extend one finished area into another, patch and repair floor and wall surfaces in the new space. Provide an even surface of uniform finish, color, texture, and appearance. Remove in-place floor and wall coverings and replace with new materials, if necessary, to achieve uniform color and appearance.

4. Ceilings: Patch, repair, or rehang in-place ceilings as necessary to provide an even-plane surface of uniform appearance.

5. Exterior Building Enclosure: Patch components in a manner that restores enclosure to a weathertight condition.

G. Cleaning: Clean areas and spaces where cutting and patching are performed. Remove paint, mortar, oils, putty, and similar materials from adjacent finished surfaces.

3.7 PROGRESS CLEANING

A. General: Clean Project site and work areas daily, including common areas. Enforce requirements strictly. Dispose of materials lawfully.

1. Comply with requirements in NFPA 241 for removal of combustible waste materials and debris.

2. Do not hold waste materials more than seven days during normal weather or three days if the temperature is expected to rise above 80 deg F.

3. Containerize hazardous and unsanitary waste materials separately from other waste. Mark containers appropriately and dispose of legally, according to regulations.

B. Site: Maintain Project site free of waste materials and debris.

C. Work Areas: Clean areas where work is in progress to the level of cleanliness necessary for proper execution of the Work.

1. Remove liquid spills promptly.

Page 130: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590 Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS 01700 - 8/9

2. Where dust would impair proper execution of the Work, broom-clean or vacuum the entire work area, as appropriate.

D. Installed Work: Keep installed work clean. Clean installed surfaces according to written instructions of manufacturer or fabricator of product installed, using only cleaning materials specifically recommended. If specific cleaning materials are not recommended, use cleaning materials that are not hazardous to health or property and that will not damage exposed surfaces.

E. Concealed Spaces: Remove debris from concealed spaces before enclosing the space.

F. Exposed Surfaces in Finished Areas: Clean exposed surfaces and protect as necessary to ensure freedom from damage and deterioration at time of Substantial Completion.

G. Waste Disposal: Do not bury or burn waste materials on-site. Do not wash waste materials down sewers or into waterways. Comply with Construction Waste Management Plan.

H. During handling and installation, clean and protect construction in progress and adjoining materials already in place. Apply protective covering where required to ensure protection from damage or deterioration at Substantial Completion.

I. Clean and provide maintenance on completed construction as frequently as necessary through the remainder of the construction period. Adjust and lubricate operable components to ensure operability without damaging effects.

J. Limiting Exposures: Supervise construction operations to assure that no part of the construction, completed or in progress, is subject to harmful, dangerous, damaging, or otherwise deleterious exposure during the construction period.

3.8 STARTING AND ADJUSTING

A. Start equipment and operating components to confirm proper operation. Remove malfunctioning units, replace with new units, and retest.

B. Adjust equipment for proper operation. Adjust operating components for proper operation without binding.

C. Test each piece of equipment to verify proper operation. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment.

D. Manufacturer's Field Service: Comply with qualification requirements in Division 1 Section "Quality Requirements."

Page 131: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590 Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS 01700 - 9/9

3.9 PROTECTION OF INSTALLED CONSTRUCTION

A. Provide final protection and maintain conditions that ensure installed Work is without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion.

B. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for temperature and relative humidity.

3.10 CORRECTION OF THE WORK

A. Repair or remove and replace defective construction. Restore damaged substrates and finishes.

1. Repairing includes replacing defective parts, refinishing damaged surfaces, touching up with matching materials, and properly adjusting operating equipment.

B. Restore permanent facilities used during construction to their specified condition.

C. Remove and replace damaged surfaces that are exposed to view if surfaces cannot be repaired without visible evidence of repair.

D. Repair components that do not operate properly. Remove and replace operating components that cannot be repaired.

E. Remove and replace chipped, scratched, and broken glass or reflective surfaces.

END OF SECTION 01700

Page 132: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590 Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 01732 - 1/5

SECTION 01732 - SELECTIVE DEMOLITION

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes the following: 1. Demolition and removal of selected portions of building or structure. 2. Demolition and removal of selected site elements. 3. Salvage of existing items to be reused or recycled.

B. Related Sections: 1. See Division 1 Section “LEED Requirements” for LEED prerequisites and credits

including SS Credit 3, MR Credit 1 and MR Credit 2. 2. See Division 1 Section "Construction Waste Management" for disposal of

demolished materials. 3. See Division 2 Section "Site Clearing" for site clearing and removal of above- and

below-grade improvements.

1.2 DEFINITIONS

A. Historic Preservation Definitions: As indicated on Drawing Sheet A-0.03.

B. Remove: Detach items from existing construction and legally dispose of them off-site, unless indicated to be removed and salvaged or removed and reinstalled.

C. Remove and Salvage: Detach items from existing construction and deliver them to Owner.

D. Remove and Reinstall: Detach items from existing construction, prepare them for reuse, and reinstall them where indicated.

E. Existing to Remain: Existing items of construction that are not to be removed and that are not otherwise indicated to be removed, removed and salvaged, or removed and reinstalled.

1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. Schedule of Selective Demolition Activities: Indicate detailed sequence of selective demolition and removal work, with starting and ending dates for each activity, interruption of utility services, use of elevator and stairs, and locations of temporary partitions and means of egress.

Page 133: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590 Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 01732 - 2/5

1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Demolition Firm Qualifications: An experienced firm that has specialized in demolition work similar in material and extent to that indicated for this Project.

B. Refrigerant Recovery Technician Qualifications: Certified by an EPA-approved certification program.

C. LEED Requirements for Building Reuse: 1. Credit MR 1.1: Maintain existing building structure (including structural floor) and

envelope (exterior skin and framing, excluding window assemblies and nonstructural roofing material) not indicated to be demolished; do not demolish such existing construction beyond indicated limits.

D. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with governing EPA notification regulations before beginning selective demolition. Comply with hauling and disposal regulations of authorities having jurisdiction.

E. Standards: Comply with ANSI A10.6 and NFPA 241.

F. Predemolition Conference: Conduct conference at Project site .

1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS

A. Owner will occupy portions of building immediately adjacent to selective demolition area. Conduct selective demolition so Owner's operations will not be disrupted.

B. Conditions existing at time of inspection for bidding purpose will be maintained by Owner as far as practical. 1. Before selective demolition, Owner will remove the following items:

a. Loose furniture. b. Interior doors. c. Molding and trim. d. Cornice remnants.

C. Notify Architect of discrepancies between existing conditions and Drawings before proceeding with selective demolition.

D. Hazardous Materials: It is not expected that hazardous materials will be encountered in the Work. 1. Hazardous materials have been removed by Owner under a separate contract. 2. If materials suspected of containing hazardous materials are encountered, do not

disturb; immediately notify Architect and Owner. Owner will remove hazardous materials under a separate contract.

E. Storage or sale of removed items or materials on-site is not permitted.

F. Utility Service: Maintain existing utilities indicated to remain in service and protect them against damage during selective demolition operations.

Page 134: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590 Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 01732 - 3/5

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Verify that utilities have been disconnected and capped.

B. Survey existing conditions and correlate with requirements indicated to determine extent of selective demolition required.

C. Inventory and record the condition of items to be removed and reinstalled and items to be removed and salvaged.

D. When unanticipated mechanical, electrical, or structural elements that conflict with intended function or design are encountered, investigate and measure the nature and extent of conflict. Promptly submit a written report to Architect.

E. Engage a professional engineer to survey condition of building to determine whether removing any element might result in structural deficiency or unplanned collapse of any portion of structure or adjacent structures during selective demolition operations.

F. Survey of Existing Conditions: Record existing conditions by use of preconstruction photographs . 1. Comply with requirements specified in Division 1 Section "Photographic

Documentation."

G. Perform surveys as the Work progresses to detect hazards resulting from selective demolition activities.

3.2 UTILITY SERVICES AND MECHANICAL/ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS

A. Existing Services/Systems: Maintain services/systems indicated to remain and protect them against damage during selective demolition operations.

B. Service/System Requirements: Locate, identify, disconnect, and seal or cap off indicated utility services and mechanical/electrical systems serving areas to be selectively demolished. 1. Arrange to shut off indicated utilities with utility companies. 2. If services/systems are required to be removed, relocated, or abandoned, before

proceeding with selective demolition provide temporary services/systems that bypass area of selective demolition and that maintain continuity of services/systems to other parts of building.

3. Cut off pipe or conduit in walls or partitions to be removed. Cap, valve, or plug and seal remaining portion of pipe or conduit after bypassing.

Page 135: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590 Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 01732 - 4/5

3.3 PREPARATION

A. Site Access and Temporary Controls: Conduct selective demolition and debris-removal operations to ensure minimum interference with roads, streets, walks, walkways, and other adjacent occupied and used facilities. 1. Comply with requirements for access and protection specified in Division 1

Section "Temporary Facilities and Controls."

B. Temporary Facilities: Provide temporary barricades and other protection required to prevent injury to people and damage to adjacent buildings and facilities to remain.

C. Temporary Shoring: Provide and maintain shoring, bracing, and structural supports as required to preserve stability and prevent movement, settlement, or collapse of construction and finishes to remain, and to prevent unexpected or uncontrolled movement or collapse of construction being demolished.

3.4 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION

A. General: Demolish and remove existing construction only to the extent required by new construction and as indicated. Use methods required to complete the Work within limitations of governing regulations and as follows: 1. Neatly cut openings and holes plumb, square, and true to dimensions required.

Use cutting methods least likely to damage construction to remain or adjoining construction. Use hand tools or small power tools designed for sawing or grinding, not hammering and chopping, to minimize disturbance of adjacent surfaces. Temporarily cover openings to remain.

2. Cut or drill from the exposed or finished side into concealed surfaces to avoid marring existing finished surfaces.

3. Do not use cutting torches until work area is cleared of flammable materials. At concealed spaces, such as duct and pipe interiors, verify condition and contents of hidden space before starting flame-cutting operations. Maintain fire watch and portable fire-suppression devices during flame-cutting operations.

4. Locate selective demolition equipment and remove debris and materials so as not to impose excessive loads on supporting walls, floors, or framing.

5. Dispose of demolished items and materials promptly.

B. Reuse of Building Elements: Project has been designed to result in end-of-Project rates for reuse of building elements as follows. Do not demolish building elements beyond what is indicated on Drawings without Architect's approval. 1. Building Structure and Shell: 75 percent. 2. Nonshell Elements: 50 percent.

C. Removed and Salvaged Items: 1. Clean salvaged items. 2. Pack or crate items after cleaning. Identify contents of containers. 3. Store items in a secure area until delivery to Owner. 4. Transport items to Owner's storage area designated by Owner . 5. Protect items from damage during transport and storage.

D. Removed and Reinstalled Items:

Page 136: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590 Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 01732 - 5/5

1. Clean and repair items to functional condition adequate for intended reuse. Paint equipment to match new equipment.

2. Pack or crate items after cleaning and repairing. Identify contents of containers. 3. Protect items from damage during transport and storage. 4. Reinstall items in locations indicated. Comply with installation requirements for

new materials and equipment. Provide connections, supports, and miscellaneous materials necessary to make item functional for use indicated.

E. Existing Items to Remain: Protect construction indicated to remain against damage and soiling during selective demolition. When permitted by Architect, items may be removed to a suitable, protected storage location during selective demolition and cleaned and reinstalled in their original locations after selective demolition operations are complete.

3.5 DISPOSAL OF DEMOLISHED MATERIALS

A. General: Except for items or materials indicated to be recycled, reused, salvaged, reinstalled, or otherwise indicated to remain Owner's property, remove demolished materials from Project site and legally dispose of them in an EPA-approved landfill.

B. Burning: Do not burn demolished materials.

C. Disposal: Transport demolished materials off Owner's property and legally dispose of them.

3.6 CLEANING

A. Clean adjacent structures and improvements of dust, dirt, and debris caused by selective demolition operations. Return adjacent areas to condition existing before selective demolition operations began.

END OF SECTION 01732

Page 137: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590 Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 01770 - 1/5

SECTION 01770 - CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for contract closeout, including, but not limited to, the following:

1. Substantial Completion procedures. 2. Final completion procedures. 3. Warranties. 4. Final cleaning.

B. Related Sections: 1. Division 1 Section “LEED Requirements” for submitting final LEED

documentation including LEED online templates. 2. Division 1 Section "Project Record Documents" for submitting Record Drawings,

Record Specifications, and Record Product Data. 3. Division 1 Section "Operation and Maintenance Data" for operation and

maintenance manual requirements. 4. Division 1 Section "Demonstration and Training" for requirements for instructing

Owner's personnel. 5. Divisions 2 through 16 Sections for specific closeout and special cleaning

requirements for the Work in those Sections.

1.2 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION

A. Preliminary Procedures: Before requesting inspection for determining date of Substantial Completion, complete the following. List items below that are incomplete with request.

1. Prepare a list of items to be completed and corrected (punch list), the value of items on the list, and reasons why the Work is not complete.

2. Advise Owner of pending insurance changeover requirements. 3. Submit specific warranties, workmanship bonds, maintenance service

agreements, final certifications, and similar documents. 4. Obtain and submit releases permitting Owner unrestricted use of the Work and

access to services and utilities. Include occupancy permits, operating certificates, and similar releases.

5. Prepare and submit Project Record Documents, operation and maintenance manuals, final completion construction photographic documentation, damage or settlement surveys, property surveys, and similar final record information.

6. Deliver tools, spare parts, extra materials, and similar items to location designated by Owner. Label with manufacturer's name and model number where applicable.

Page 138: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590 Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 01770 - 2/5

7. Make final changeover of permanent locks and deliver keys to Owner. Advise Owner's personnel of changeover in security provisions.

8. Complete startup testing of systems. 9. Submit test/adjust/balance records. 10. Terminate and remove temporary facilities from Project site, along with mockups,

construction tools, and similar elements. 11. Advise Owner of changeover in heat and other utilities. 12. Submit changeover information related to Owner's occupancy, use, operation,

and maintenance. 13. Complete final cleaning requirements, including touchup painting. 14. Touch up and otherwise repair and restore marred exposed finishes to eliminate

visual defects.

B. Inspection: Submit a written request for inspection for Substantial Completion. On receipt of request, Architect and Construction Manager will either proceed with inspection or notify Contractor of unfulfilled requirements. Architect will prepare the Certificate of Substantial Completion after inspection or will notify Contractor of items, either on Contractor's list or additional items identified by Architect, that must be completed or corrected before certificate will be issued.

1. Reinspection: Request reinspection when the Work identified in previous inspections as incomplete is completed or corrected.

2. Results of completed inspection will form the basis of requirements for final completion.

1.3 FINAL COMPLETION

A. Preliminary Procedures: Before requesting final inspection for determining final completion, complete the following:

1. Submit a final Application for Payment according to Division 1 Section "Payment Procedures."

2. Submit certified copy of Architect's Substantial Completion inspection list of items to be completed or corrected (punch list), endorsed and dated by Architect. The certified copy of the list shall state that each item has been completed or otherwise resolved for acceptance.

3. Submit evidence of final, continuing insurance coverage complying with insurance requirements.

4. Submit pest-control final inspection report and warranty. 5. Instruct Owner's personnel in operation, adjustment, and maintenance of

products, equipment, and systems.

B. Inspection: Submit a written request for final inspection for acceptance. On receipt of request, Architect and Construction Manager will either proceed with inspection or notify Contractor of unfulfilled requirements. Architect will prepare a final Certificate for Payment after inspection or will notify Contractor of construction that must be completed or corrected before certificate will be issued.

1. Reinspection: Request reinspection when the Work identified in previous inspections as incomplete is completed or corrected.

Page 139: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590 Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 01770 - 3/5

1.4 LIST OF INCOMPLETE ITEMS (PUNCH LIST)

A. Organization of List: Include name and identification of each space and area affected by construction operations for incomplete items and items needing correction including, if necessary, areas disturbed by Contractor that are outside the limits of construction.[ Use CSI Form 14.1A.]

1. Organize list of spaces in sequential order, starting with exterior areas first and proceeding from lowest floor to highest floor.

2. Organize items applying to each space by major element, including categories for ceiling, individual walls, floors, equipment, and building systems.

3. Submit list of incomplete items in the following format: a. Six paper copies, unless otherwise indicated. Architect, through

Construction Manager, will return three copies.

1.5 WARRANTIES

A. Submittal Time: Submit written warranties on request of Architect for designated portions of the Work where commencement of warranties other than date of Substantial Completion is indicated.

B. Organize warranty documents into an orderly sequence based on the table of contents of the Project Manual.

1. Bind warranties and bonds in heavy-duty, 3-ring, vinyl-covered, loose-leaf binders, thickness as necessary to accommodate contents, and sized to receive 8-1/2-by-11-inch paper.

2. Provide heavy paper dividers with plastic-covered tabs for each separate warranty. Mark tab to identify the product or installation. Provide a typed description of the product or installation, including the name of the product and the name, address, and telephone number of Installer.

3. Identify each binder on the front and spine with the typed or printed title "WARRANTIES," Project name, and name of Contractor.

4. Scan warranties and bonds and assemble complete warranty and bond submittal package into a single indexed electronic PDF file with links enabling navigation to each item. Provide table of contents at beginning of document.

C. Provide additional copies of each warranty to include in operation and maintenance manuals.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS

A. Cleaning Agents: Use cleaning materials and agents recommended by manufacturer or fabricator of the surface to be cleaned. Do not use cleaning agents that are potentially hazardous to health or property or that might damage finished surfaces.

Page 140: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590 Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 01770 - 4/5

1. Use cleaning products that meet Green Seal GS-37, or if GS-37 is not applicable, use products that comply with the California Code of Regulations maximum allowable VOC levels.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 FINAL CLEANING

A. General: Perform final cleaning. Conduct cleaning and waste-removal operations to comply with local laws and ordinances and Federal and local environmental and antipollution regulations.

B. Cleaning: Employ experienced workers or professional cleaners for final cleaning. Clean each surface or unit to condition expected in an average commercial building cleaning and maintenance program. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions.

1. Complete the following cleaning operations before requesting inspection for certification of Substantial Completion for entire Project or for a portion of Project:

a. Clean Project site, yard, and grounds, in areas disturbed by construction activities, including landscape development areas, of rubbish, waste material, litter, and other foreign substances.

b. Sweep paved areas broom clean. Remove petrochemical spills, stains, and other foreign deposits.

c. Rake grounds that are neither planted nor paved to a smooth, even-textured surface.

d. Remove tools, construction equipment, machinery, and surplus material from Project site.

e. Remove snow and ice to provide safe access to building. f. Clean exposed exterior and interior hard-surfaced finishes to a dirt-free

condition, free of stains, films, and similar foreign substances. Avoid disturbing natural weathering of exterior surfaces. Restore reflective surfaces to their original condition.

g. Remove debris and surface dust from limited access spaces, including roofs, plenums, shafts, trenches, equipment vaults, manholes, attics, and similar spaces.

h. Sweep concrete floors broom clean in unoccupied spaces. i. Vacuum carpet and similar soft surfaces, removing debris and excess nap;

shampoo if visible soil or stains remain. j. Clean transparent materials, including mirrors and glass in doors and

windows. Remove glazing compounds and other noticeable, vision-obscuring materials. Replace chipped or broken glass and other damaged transparent materials. Polish mirrors and glass, taking care not to scratch surfaces.

k. Remove labels that are not permanent. l. Touch up and otherwise repair and restore marred, exposed finishes and

surfaces. Replace finishes and surfaces that cannot be satisfactorily repaired or restored or that already show evidence of repair or restoration.

Page 141: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590 Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 01770 - 5/5

1) Do not paint over "UL" and other required labels and identification, including mechanical and electrical nameplates.

m. Wipe surfaces of mechanical and electrical equipment, elevator equipment, and similar equipment. Remove excess lubrication, paint and mortar droppings, and other foreign substances.

n. Replace parts subject to operating conditions during construction that may impede operation or reduce longevity.

o. Clean plumbing fixtures to a sanitary condition, free of stains, including stains resulting from water exposure.

p. Replace disposable air filters and clean permanent air filters. Clean exposed surfaces of diffusers, registers, and grills.

q. Clean light fixtures, lamps, globes, and reflectors to function with full efficiency. Replace burned-out bulbs, and those noticeably dimmed by hours of use, and defective and noisy starters in fluorescent and mercury vapor fixtures to comply with requirements for new fixtures.

r. Leave Project clean and ready for occupancy.

C. Pest Control: Engage an experienced, licensed exterminator to make a final inspection and rid Project of rodents, insects, and other pests. Prepare a report.

D. IAQ Management Plan: Complete filter change and air testing as required by approved IAQ Management Plan.

END OF SECTION 01770

Page 142: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590 Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 01781 - 1/4

SECTION 01781 - PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for project record documents, including the following:

1. Record Drawings.

2. Record Specifications.

3. Record Product Data.

B. Related Sections:

1. Division 1 Section “LEED Requirements.”

2. Division 1 Section “Submittal Requirements.”

3. Division 1 Section "Operation and Maintenance Data" for operation and maintenance manual requirements.

4. Divisions 2 through 16 Sections for specific requirements for project record documents of the Work in those Sections.

1.2 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS

A. Record Drawings: Comply with the following:

1. Number of Copies: Submit six set(s) of marked-up record prints.

B. Record Specifications: Submit one paper copy of Project's Specifications, including addenda and contract modifications.

C. Record Product Data: Submit one paper copy of each submittal.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 RECORD DRAWINGS

A. Record Prints: Maintain one set of marked-up paper copies of the Contract Drawings and Shop Drawings.

Page 143: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590 Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 01781 - 2/4

1. Preparation: Mark record prints to show the actual installation where installation varies from that shown originally. Require individual or entity who obtained record data, whether individual or entity is Installer, subcontractor, or similar entity, to provide information for preparation of corresponding marked-up record prints.

a. Give particular attention to information on concealed elements that would be difficult to identify or measure and record later.

b. Record data as soon as possible after obtaining it. c. Record and check the markup before enclosing concealed installations.

2. Mark the Contract Drawings and Shop Drawings completely and accurately. Utilize personnel proficient at recording graphic information in production of marked-up record prints.

3. Mark record sets with erasable, red-colored pencil. Use other colors to distinguish between changes for different categories of the Work at same location.

4. Note Construction Change Directive numbers, alternate numbers, Change Order numbers, and similar identification, where applicable.

B. Format: Identify and date each record Drawing; include the designation "PROJECT RECORD DRAWING" in a prominent location.

1. Record Prints: Organize record prints and newly prepared record Drawings into manageable sets. Bind each set with durable paper cover sheets. Include identification on cover sheets.

2. Format: Annotated PDF electronic file with comment function enabled.

3. Record Digital Data Files: Organize digital data information into separate electronic files that correspond to each sheet of the Contract Drawings. Name each file with the sheet identification. Include identification in each digital data file.

4. Identification: As follows:

a. Project name. b. Date. c. Designation "PROJECT RECORD DRAWINGS." d. Name of Architect and Construction Manager. e. Name of Contractor.

2.2 RECORD SPECIFICATIONS

A. Preparation: Mark Specifications to indicate the actual product installation where installation varies from that indicated in Specifications, addenda, and contract modifications.

Page 144: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590 Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 01781 - 3/4

1. Give particular attention to information on concealed products and installations that cannot be readily identified and recorded later.

2. Mark copy with the proprietary name and model number of products, materials, and equipment furnished, including substitutions and product options selected.

3. Record the name of manufacturer, supplier, Installer, and other information necessary to provide a record of selections made.

4. Note related Change Orders, record Product Data, and record Drawings where applicable.

2.3 RECORD PRODUCT DATA

A. Preparation: Mark Product Data to indicate the actual product installation where installation varies substantially from that indicated in Product Data submittal.

1. Give particular attention to information on concealed products and installations that cannot be readily identified and recorded later.

2. Include significant changes in the product delivered to Project site and changes in manufacturer's written instructions for installation.

3. Note related Change Orders, record Specifications, and record Drawings where applicable.

2.4 MISCELLANEOUS RECORD SUBMITTALS

A. Assemble miscellaneous records required by other Specification Sections for miscellaneous record keeping and submittal in connection with actual performance of the Work. Bind or file miscellaneous records and identify each, ready for continued use and reference.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 RECORDING AND MAINTENANCE

A. Recording: Maintain one copy of each submittal during the construction period for project record document purposes. Post changes and modifications to project record documents as they occur; do not wait until the end of Project.

B. Maintenance of Record Documents and Samples: Store record documents and Samples in the field office apart from the Contract Documents used for construction. Do not use project record documents for construction purposes. Maintain record documents in good order and in a clean, dry, legible condition, protected from deterioration and loss. Provide access to project record documents for Architect's and Construction Manager's reference during normal working hours.

Page 145: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590 Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 01781 - 4/4

END OF SECTION 01781

Page 146: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590 Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 01782 - 1/7

SECTION 01782 - OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for preparing operation and maintenance manuals, including the following:

1. Operation and maintenance documentation directory. 2. Emergency manuals. 3. Operation manuals for systems, subsystems, and equipment. 4. Product maintenance manuals. 5. Systems and equipment maintenance manuals.

B. Related Sections:

1. Divisions 2 through 16 Sections for specific operation and maintenance manual requirements for the Work in those Sections.

1.2 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS

A. Format: Submit operations and maintenance manuals in the following format:

1. PDF electronic file. Assemble each manual into a composite electronically-indexed file. Submit on digital media acceptable to Architect.

a. Name each indexed document file in composite electronic index with applicable item name. Include a complete electronically-linked operation and maintenance directory.

b. Enable inserted reviewer comments on draft submittals.

2. Two paper copies. Include a complete operation and maintenance directory. Enclose title pages and directories in clear plastic sleeves. Architect, through Construction Manager, will return two copies.

B. Manual Submittal: Submit each manual in final form prior to requesting inspection for Substantial Completion and at least 30 days before commencing demonstration and training. Architect and Commissioning Agent will return copy with comments.

1. Correct or modify each manual to comply with Architect's and Commissioning Agent's comments. Submit copies of each corrected manual within 15 days of receipt of Architect's and Commissioning Agent's comments and prior to commencing demonstration and training.

Page 147: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590 Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 01782 - 2/7

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 REQUIREMENTS FOR EMERGENCY, OPERATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS

A. Organization: Unless otherwise indicated, organize each manual into a separate section for each system and subsystem, and a separate section for each piece of equipment not part of a system. Each manual shall contain the following materials, in the order listed:

1. Title page. 2. Table of contents. 3. Manual contents.

B. Title Page: Include the following information:

1. Subject matter included in manual. 2. Name and address of Project. 3. Name and address of Owner. 4. Date of submittal. 5. Name and contact information for Contractor. 6. Name and contact information for Construction Manager. 7. Name and contact information for Architect. 8. Name and contact information for Commissioning Agent. 9. Names and contact information for major consultants to the Architect that

designed the systems contained in the manuals. 10. Cross-reference to related systems in other operation and maintenance manuals.

C. Table of Contents: List each product included in manual, identified by product name, indexed to the content of the volume, and cross-referenced to Specification Section number in Project Manual.

D. Manual Contents: Organize into sets of manageable size. Arrange contents alphabetically by system, subsystem, and equipment. If possible, assemble instructions for subsystems, equipment, and components of one system into a single binder.

E. Manuals, Electronic Files: Submit manuals in the form of a multiple file composite electronic PDF file for each manual type required.

1. Electronic Files: Use electronic files prepared by manufacturer where available. Where scanning of paper documents is required, configure scanned file for minimum readable file size.

2. File Names and Bookmarks: Enable bookmarking of individual documents based upon file names. Name document files to correspond to system, subsystem, and equipment names used in manual directory and table of contents. Group documents for each system and subsystem into individual composite bookmarked files, then create composite manual, so that resulting bookmarks reflect the system, subsystem, and equipment names in a readily navigated file tree. Configure electronic manual to display bookmark panel upon opening file.

Page 148: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590 Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 01782 - 3/7

F. Manuals, Paper Copy: Submit manuals in the form of hard copy, bound and labeled volumes.

1. Binders: Heavy-duty, three-ring, vinyl-covered, loose-leaf binders, in thickness necessary to accommodate contents, sized to hold 8-1/2-by-11-inch paper; with clear plastic sleeve on spine to hold label describing contents and with pockets inside covers to hold folded oversize sheets.

a. Identify each binder on front and spine, with printed title "OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL," Project title or name,and subject matter of contents, and indicate Specification Section number on bottom of spine. Indicate volume number for multiple-volume sets.

2. Dividers: Heavy-paper dividers with plastic-covered tabs for each section of the manual. Mark each tab to indicate contents. Include typed list of products and major components of equipment included in the section on each divider, cross-referenced to Specification Section number and title of Project Manual.

3. Protective Plastic Sleeves: Transparent plastic sleeves designed to enclose diagnostic software storage media for computerized electronic equipment.

4. Drawings: Attach reinforced, punched binder tabs on drawings and bind with text.

a. If oversize drawings are necessary, fold drawings to same size as text pages and use as foldouts.

b. If drawings are too large to be used as foldouts, fold and place drawings in labeled envelopes and bind envelopes in rear of manual. At appropriate locations in manual, insert typewritten pages indicating drawing titles, descriptions of contents, and drawing locations.

2.2 EMERGENCY MANUALS

A. Content: Organize manual into a separate section for each of the following:

1. Type of emergency. 2. Emergency instructions. 3. Emergency procedures.

B. Type of Emergency: Where applicable for each type of emergency indicated below, include instructions and procedures for each system, subsystem, piece of equipment, and component:

1. Fire. 2. Flood. 3. Gas leak. 4. Water leak. 5. Power failure. 6. Water outage. 7. System, subsystem, or equipment failure. 8. Chemical release or spill.

Page 149: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590 Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 01782 - 4/7

C. Emergency Instructions: Describe and explain warnings, trouble indications, error messages, and similar codes and signals. Include responsibilities of Owner's operating personnel for notification of Installer, supplier, and manufacturer to maintain warranties.

D. Emergency Procedures: Include the following, as applicable:

1. Instructions on stopping. 2. Shutdown instructions for each type of emergency. 3. Operating instructions for conditions outside normal operating limits. 4. Required sequences for electric or electronic systems. 5. Special operating instructions and procedures.

2.3 OPERATION MANUALS

A. Content: In addition to requirements in this Section, include operation data required in individual Specification Sections and the following information:

1. System, subsystem, and equipment descriptions. Use designations for systems and equipment indicated on Contract Documents.

2. Performance and design criteria if Contractor is delegated design responsibility. 3. Operating standards. 4. Operating procedures. 5. Operating logs. 6. Wiring diagrams. 7. Control diagrams. 8. Piped system diagrams. 9. Precautions against improper use. 10. License requirements including inspection and renewal dates.

B. Descriptions: Include the following:

1. Product name and model number. Use designations for products indicated on Contract Documents.

2. Manufacturer's name. 3. Equipment identification with serial number of each component. 4. Equipment function. 5. Operating characteristics. 6. Limiting conditions. 7. Performance curves. 8. Engineering data and tests. 9. Complete nomenclature and number of replacement parts.

C. Operating Procedures: Include the following, as applicable:

1. Startup procedures. 2. Equipment or system break-in procedures. 3. Routine and normal operating instructions. 4. Regulation and control procedures. 5. Instructions on stopping. 6. Normal shutdown instructions.

Page 150: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590 Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 01782 - 5/7

7. Seasonal and weekend operating instructions. 8. Required sequences for electric or electronic systems. 9. Special operating instructions and procedures.

D. Systems and Equipment Controls: Describe the sequence of operation, and diagram controls as installed.

E. Piped Systems: Diagram piping as installed, and identify color-coding where required for identification.

2.4 PRODUCT MAINTENANCE MANUALS

A. Content: Organize manual into a separate section for each product, material, and finish. Include source information, product information, maintenance procedures, repair materials and sources, and warranties and bonds, as described below.

B. Source Information: List each product included in manual, identified by product name and arranged to match manual's table of contents. For each product, list name, address, and telephone number of Installer or supplier and maintenance service agent, and cross-reference Specification Section number and title in Project Manual.

C. Product Information: Include the following, as applicable:

1. Product name and model number. 2. Manufacturer's name. 3. Color, pattern, and texture. 4. Material and chemical composition. 5. Reordering information for specially manufactured products.

D. Maintenance Procedures: Include manufacturer's written recommendations and the following:

1. Inspection procedures. 2. Types of cleaning agents to be used and methods of cleaning. 3. List of cleaning agents and methods of cleaning detrimental to product. 4. Schedule for routine cleaning and maintenance. 5. Repair instructions.

E. Repair Materials and Sources: Include lists of materials and local sources of materials and related services.

F. Warranties and Bonds: Include copies of warranties and bonds and lists of circumstances and conditions that would affect validity of warranties or bonds.

2.5 SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE MANUALS

A. Content: For each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment not part of a system, include source information, manufacturers' maintenance documentation, maintenance procedures, maintenance and service schedules, spare parts list and source

Page 151: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590 Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 01782 - 6/7

information, maintenance service contracts, and warranty and bond information, as described below.

B. Source Information: List each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment included in manual, identified by product name and arranged to match manual's table of contents. For each product, list name, address, and telephone number of Installer or supplier and maintenance service agent, and cross-reference Specification Section number and title in Project Manual.

C. Manufacturers' Maintenance Documentation: Manufacturers' maintenance documentation including the following information for each component part or piece of equipment:

1. Standard maintenance instructions and bulletins. 2. Drawings, diagrams, and instructions required for maintenance, including

disassembly and component removal, replacement, and assembly. 3. Identification and nomenclature of parts and components. 4. List of items recommended to be stocked as spare parts.

D. Maintenance Procedures: Include the following information and items that detail essential maintenance procedures:

1. Test and inspection instructions. 2. Troubleshooting guide. 3. Precautions against improper maintenance. 4. Disassembly; component removal, repair, and replacement; and reassembly

instructions. 5. Aligning, adjusting, and checking instructions. 6. Demonstration and training video recording, if available.

E. Maintenance and Service Schedules: Include service and lubrication requirements, list of required lubricants for equipment, and separate schedules for preventive and routine maintenance and service with standard time allotment.

F. Spare Parts List and Source Information: Include lists of replacement and repair parts, with parts identified and cross-referenced to manufacturers' maintenance documentation and local sources of maintenance materials and related services.

G. Maintenance Service Contracts: Include copies of maintenance agreements with name and telephone number of service agent.

H. Warranties and Bonds: Include copies of warranties and bonds and lists of circumstances and conditions that would affect validity of warranties or bonds.

Page 152: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590 Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 01782 - 7/7

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 MANUAL PREPARATION

A. Emergency Manual: Assemble a complete set of emergency information indicating procedures for use by emergency personnel and by Owner's operating personnel for types of emergencies indicated.

B. Product Maintenance Manual: Assemble a complete set of maintenance data indicating care and maintenance of each product, material, and finish incorporated into the Work.

C. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: Assemble a complete set of operation and maintenance data indicating operation and maintenance of each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment not part of a system.

D. Manufacturers' Data: Where manuals contain manufacturers' standard printed data, include only sheets pertinent to product or component installed. Mark each sheet to identify each product or component incorporated into the Work. If data include more than one item in a tabular format, identify each item using appropriate references from the Contract Documents. Identify data applicable to the Work and delete references to information not applicable.

E. Drawings: Prepare drawings supplementing manufacturers' printed data to illustrate the relationship of component parts of equipment and systems and to illustrate control sequence and flow diagrams. Coordinate these drawings with information contained in record Drawings to ensure correct illustration of completed installation.

1. Do not use original project record documents as part of operation and maintenance manuals.

F. Comply with Division 1 Section "Closeout Procedures" for schedule for submitting operation and maintenance documentation.

END OF SECTION 01782

Page 153: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590 Washington, DC GMP SET

GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS 01810 - 1

SECTION 01810 - GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

B. OPR and BoD documentation are included by reference for information only.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. Section includes general requirements that apply to implementation of commissioning without regard to specific systems, assemblies, or components.

B. Related Sections: 1. Division 15 “Mechanical Systems Commissioning”. 2. Division 16 “ Electrical Systems Commissioning”.

1.3 DEFINITIONS

A. BoD: Basis of Design. A document that records concepts, calculations, decisions, and product selections used to meet the OPR and to satisfy applicable regulatory requirements, standards, and guidelines. The document includes both narrative descriptions and lists of individual items that support the design process.

B. Commissioning Plan: A document that outlines the organization, schedule, allocation of resources, and documentation requirements of the commissioning process.

C. CxA, CA: Commissioning Authority.

D. OPR: Owner's Project Requirements. A document that details the functional requirements of a project and the expectations of how it will be used and operated. These include Project goals, measurable performance criteria, cost considerations, benchmarks, success criteria, and supporting information.

E. Systems, Subsystems, Equipment, and Components: Where these terms are used together or separately, they shall mean "as-built" systems, subsystems, equipment, and components.

Page 154: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590 Washington, DC GMP SET

GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS 01810 - 2

1.4 COMMISSIONING TEAM

A. Members Appointed by Contractor: Individuals, each having the authority to act on behalf of the entity he or she represents, explicitly organized to implement the commissioning process through coordinated action. The commissioning team shall consist of, but not be limited to, representatives of Contractor, including Project superintendent and subcontractors, installers, suppliers, and specialists deemed appropriate by the CxA.

B. Members Appointed by Owner:

1. CxA: The designated person, company, or entity that plans, schedules, and coordinates the commissioning team to implement the commissioning process. Owner will engage the CxA under a separate contract.

2. Representatives of the facility user and operation and maintenance personnel. 3. Architect and engineering design professionals.

1.5 OWNER'S RESPONSIBILITIES

A. Provide the OPR documentation to the CxA and Contractor for information and use.

B. Assign operation and maintenance personnel and schedule them to participate in commissioning team activities.

C. Provide the BoD documentation, prepared by Architect and approved by Owner, to the CxA and Contractor for use in developing the commissioning plan, systems manual, and operation and maintenance training plan.

1.6 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES

A. Contractor shall assign representatives with expertise and authority to act on its behalf and shall schedule them to participate in and perform commissioning process activities including, but not limited to, the following:

1. Evaluate performance deficiencies identified in test reports and, in collaboration with entity responsible for system and equipment installation, recommend corrective action.

2. Cooperate with the CxA for resolution of issues recorded in the Issues Log. 3. Attend commissioning team meetings held on a monthly bases or as required by the CxA. 4. Integrate and coordinate commissioning process activities with construction schedule. 5. Create construction checklists (Equipment Start-up / Prefunctional Checklist) and submit

to the CxA for review, and comment. Contractor is to document and sign Start-up and Prefunctional checklists as each piece of equipment start-up is preformed.

6. Complete paper as well as electronic construction checklists as work is completed and provide to the Commissioning Authority on a two week basis.

7. Review and accept commissioning process test procedures (functional testing) provided by the Commissioning Authority.

Page 155: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590 Washington, DC GMP SET

GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS 01810 - 3

8. Complete commissioning process test procedures. 9. Contractor is to review and clearly understand all LEED commissioning requirements.

1.7 CxA'S RESPONSIBILITIES

A. Organize and lead the commissioning team.

B. Provide commissioning plan.

C. Review OPR & BOD

D. Convene commissioning team meetings.

E. Provide Project-specific construction checklists and commissioning process test procedures. Contractor to submit their start-up checklists, and manufactures start-up documents, and assist in the creation of all test procedures.

F. Verify the execution of commissioning process activities using random sampling. The sampling rate may vary from 1 to 100 percent. Verification will include, but is not limited to, equipment submittals, construction checklists, training, operating and maintenance data, tests, and test reports to verify compliance with the OPR. When a random sample does not meet the requirement, the CxA will report the failure in the Issues Log.

G. Prepare and maintain the Issues Log.

H. Prepare and maintain completed construction checklist log.

I. Witness systems, assemblies, equipment, and random component startup.

J. Compile test data, inspection reports, and certificates, and include them in the Cx Report

Page 156: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590 Washington, DC GMP SET

GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS 01810 - 4

PART 2 - EXECUTION Commissioning Plan

Fundamental Building Systems Commissioning

LEED NC 2.2, EA Fundamental Cx

Project: GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION WASHINGTON, DC

Prepared by: ALLEN & SHARIFF CORPORATION 7061 Deepage Drive • Columbia, Maryland 21045 Phone: 410-381-7100 • Fax: 410-381-7110 Commissioning Authority Warren Isaac, CxA, LEED®AP 443-545-1159 June 29, 2009 Preliminary Commissioning Plan

Table of Contents 1. Overview 1.1 Abbreviations and Definitions 1.2 Purpose of the Commissioning Plan 1.3 Commissioning Scope 1.4 Commissioned Systems 1.5 N/A 2. General Building Information 3. Construction / Cx Team Data 4. Roles and Responsibilities 4.1 Cx Team Members 4.2 General Management Plan 4.3 General Descriptions of Roles

Page 157: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590 Washington, DC GMP SET

GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS 01810 - 5

5. Commissioning Process 5.1 Commissioning Scoping Meeting 5.2 Final Commissioning Plan—Construction Phase 5.3 Site Observation 5.4 Meetings 5.5 Management Protocols 5.6 Progress Reporting and Logs 5.7 N/A 5.8 Prefunctional Checklists, Tests and Startup 5.9 Development of Functional Test and Verification Procedures 5.10 Execution of Functional Testing Procedures 5.11 N/A 5.12 N/A 5.13 N/A 7. Schedule 7.1 General Issues 7.2 Project Schedule General LEED Functional Commissioning Outline

1. Overview

1.1 Abbreviations and Definitions The following are common abbreviations used in this document.

A/E- Architect and design engineers FT- Functional Performance Test CA or CxA

Commissioning authority GC or CM General contractor

BAS-ATC

Controls contractor MC- Mechanical contractor

CM or GC

Construction Manager Mfr- Manufacturer

Cx- Commissioning PC- Prefunctional Checklist Cx Plan- Commissioning Plan document Subs- Subcontractors to General EC- Electrical contractor TAB- Test and Balance Contractor

1.2 Purpose of The Commissioning Plan The purpose of the commissioning plan is to provide direction for the commissioning process, particularly providing resolution for issues and providing details that cannot be, or were not, fully developed during design, such as scheduling, participation of various parties of this particular project, actual lines of report-ing and approvals, coordination, etc. This plan does not provide a detailed explanation of required testing procedures. The detailed testing requirements and procedures will be developed from the equipment manufacturers start-up procedures and recommendations and from the project specifications.

Page 158: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590 Washington, DC GMP SET

GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS 01810 - 6

1.3 Commissioning Scope Commissioning is a systematic process of ensuring that all building systems perform interactively accord-ing to the design intent and the owner’s operational needs. The commissioning process for a LEED pro-ject focuses on the performance of systems related to LEED prerequisites and credits. Commissioning during the construction of this project is intended to achieve the following specific objec-tives: According to the Contract Documents: Ensure that applicable equipment and systems are installed properly and receive adequate start-up and operational checkout by installing contractors. Verify the design meets LEED and Owner intent. Verify and document proper performance of equipment and systems.

1.4 Commissioned Systems The following systems will be commissioned in this project. All general references to equipment in this document refer only to equipment that is to be commissioned.

Preliminary List of Systems to be Commissioned

• Building Automation System (BAS)

• Building Exhaust Systems

• Hydronic Hot Water Heating System

• Chilled Water System

• D/X Systems

• Mis. Heating Units

• Fan Coil Units

• Energy Recovery System

• VAV Terminals

• Domestic Hot Water Systems

Page 159: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590 Washington, DC GMP SET

GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS 01810 - 7

• Lighting Controls

1.5 N/A

2. General Building Information Project: Georgetown Library Building Type: Recreation Center Number of stories: 4 Const. Period: 1 year 3. Construction/Cx Team Data (primary parties)

TO BE COMPLETED AT AWARD OF PROJECT Team Member Company, Address &

Contact Names

Contact Information

Owner District Of Columbia Public Li-brary

Project Manager

General Contractor

Site Contact

Commissioning Company Allen & Shariff Corporation 7061 Deepage Drive Columbia, MD 21045

Fax: 410-381-7110

Commissioning Authority Warren Isaac Office: 443-656-1056 Cell: 410-340-5363

Email: [email protected]

Page 160: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590 Washington, DC GMP SET

GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS 01810 - 8

Architect & Planners

Martinez & Johnson Architecture

Project Manager

Project Architect

MEP Designers & Engineers

John J Christie & associates

Project Manager

Mechanical Contractor

Site Contact

Plumbing Contractor

Site Contact

Electrical Contractor

Site Contact

TAB Contractor

Site Contact

BAS/ATC Contractor

Page 161: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590 Washington, DC GMP SET

GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS 01810 - 9

Site Contact

4. Roles and Responsibilities

4.1 Team Members The members of the commissioning team consist of the Owner’s representative, CxA, assigned members of the GC, A/E (particularly the mechanical engineer), the mechanical contractor, plumbing contractor, and any other installing subcontractors or suppliers of equipment. If known, the Owner’s building engi-neer is also a member of the commissioning team.

All contractor personnel on the commissioning team are to make themselves familiar with LEED NC 2.2 Prerequisite 1 EA commissioning process. 4.2 General Management Plan The CxA responsibilities are directly to the Owner. In general, the CxA coordinates the commissioning activities and reports to the Owner through the Architect. The CxA’s responsibilities, along with all other contractors’ commissioning responsibilities are detailed in the Cx plan portion of the specifications. All members of the Cx Team are to work together to fulfill their contracted responsibilities and meet the ob-jectives of the Contract Documents. Refer to the management protocols section below. 4.3 General Descriptions of Roles General descriptions of the commissioning roles are as follows: CxA : Coordinates the Cx process, writes tests, oversees and documents performance tests GC : Facilitates the Cx process, ensures that Subs perform their responsibilities and integrates Cx into the construction process and schedule Subs : Demonstrate proper system performance and provide all necessary equipment for testing A/E : Perform construction observation, approve O&M manuals and assist in resolving problems Mfr. : The equipment manufacturers and vendors provide documentation to facilitate the commissioning work and perform contracted equipment startup

5. Commissioning Process This section sequentially details the commissioning process by commissioning task or activity. 5.1 Commissioning Scoping Meeting A commissioning scoping meeting is planned and conducted by the CxA. In attendance are the represen-tatives of the Owner, GC, A/E and the mechanical, electrical, and plumbing contractors. At the meeting, commissioning parties are introduced, the commissioning process is reviewed, and management and re-porting lines are determined. The flow of documents, how much submittal data the CxA will receive, etc. are also discussed. The Cx Plan is reviewed, process questions are addressed, lines of reporting and

Page 162: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590 Washington, DC GMP SET

GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS 01810 - 10

communications determined and the work products list is discussed. Also covered are the general list of each party’s responsibilities, which party is responsible to develop the startup plan for each piece of equipment and the proposed commissioning schedule. The outcome of the meeting is to increased under-standing by all parties of the commissioning process and their respective responsibilities. The meeting provides the CxA additional information needed to finalize or modify the Cx Plan, including the commis-sioning schedule. Prior to this meeting the CxA is given all drawings and specifications and the construc-tion schedule by trade. The GC is responsible for taking meeting minutes and distribute them to each team member.

5.2 Final Commissioning Plan--Construction Phase The CxA finalizes the Cx Plan using the information gathered from the scoping meeting. The initial commissioning schedule is also developed along with a detailed timeline. The timeline is fine-tuned as construction progresses. In particular, 60 days prior to startup of the primary equipment, the CxA meets with the GC and develops a detailed commissioning schedule. The CxA approves the commissioning plan. Updates to the Cx Plan by the CxA, is an ongoing process throughout project construction.

5.3 Site Observation The CxA make periodic visits to the site, as necessary and per the Cx contract, to witness equipment and system installations. 5.4 Meetings The CxA may attend selected planning and job-site meetings at their prerogative, in order to remain in-formed on construction progress and to update parties involved in commissioning. The GC is to provide the CxA with information regarding substitutions, change orders and any Architect’s Supplemental Instructions (ASI) that may affect commissioning equipment, systems or the commissioning schedule. The CA may review construction-meeting minutes, change orders or ASI's for the same purpose. Later during construction, necessary meetings between various commissioning team parties will be scheduled by the as required by the CxA, through the GC. 5.5 Management Protocols The following protocols will be used on this project. Issue Protocol For requests for information (RFI) or formal documentation requests:

The CxA goes first: __x_ direct to A/E, ___through the GC,

For minor or verbal information and clarifications:

The CxA goes direct to the informed party.

For notifying contractors of deficien-cies:

The CxA documents deficiencies through the GC, but may dis-cuss deficiency issues with contractors prior to notifying the GC.

For scheduling functional tests or training:

The CxA may provide input for some coordination of training and testing, but does not do any scheduling.

For scheduling commissioning meet-ings:

The CxA selects the date and schedules through the: __x_GC. ___The CA schedules and notifies attendees directly.

Page 163: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590 Washington, DC GMP SET

GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS 01810 - 11

For making a request for significant changes:

The CxA has no authority to issue change orders.

For making small changes in specified sequences of operations:

The CxA may not make changes to specified sequences without approval from the A/E.

Subcontractors disagreeing with re-quests or interpretations by the CxA shall:

Try and resolve with the CxA first. Then work through GC who will work with CxA directly to resolve the situation.

_________________________________

_________________________________________________________

_________________________________

_________________________________________________________

5.6 Progress Reporting and Logs At the beginning of construction, the GC provides the CxA with monthly progress reports. Thirty (30) days prior to the startup of the first piece of major equipment, the frequency of progress reports is in-creased to twice per month, until startup is completed. Thirty (30) days before Prefunctional or Functional testing of equipment begins, weekly progress reports are required until testing and all non-conformance issues are resolved. The CxA may adjust the reporting frequency as needed. The progress reports con-tain, an update of the schedule with list of requested schedule changes and new items added to the sched-ule, a list of new and outstanding deficiencies, a description of commissioning progress corresponding to the plan, etc. The CxA keeps a log of all commissioning-related issues that require current or future at-tention. The CxA regularly communicates with all members of the commissioning team, keeping them apprised of commissioning progress and scheduling issues through memos, progress reports, etc.. The CxA will keep all commissioning materials in an organized notebook.

5.7 Initial Submittals and Documentation

N/A

5.8 Prefunctional Checklists, Tests and Startup Prefunctional checklists (PC) are important to ensure that the equipment and systems are installed and operational and that Functional Performance Testing may proceed without unnecessary delays. Each piece of equipment receives full prefunctional checkout by the Contractor. No sampling strategies are used. In general, the prefunctional testing for a given system must be successfully completed prior to formal functional performance testing of equipment or subsystems of the given system. Prefunctional checklists are primarily static inspections and procedures to prepare the equipment or sys-tem for initial operation (e.g., oil levels OK, fan belt tension, labels affixed, gages in place, sensor calibra-tion, etc.). However, some prefunctional checklist items entail simple testing of the function of a compo-nent, a piece of equipment or system (such as measuring the voltage imbalance on a three phase pump motor of a chiller system). The word prefunctional refers to before functional testing. Prefunctional checklists augment and are combined with the manufacturer’s start-up checklist.

Page 164: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590 Washington, DC GMP SET

GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS 01810 - 12

Contractors typically already perform some, if not many, of the prefunctional checklist items the commis-sioning authority will recommend. However, few contractors document in writing the execution of these checklist items. This project requires that the procedures be documented in writing by the installing tech-nician. The CxA does not witness much of the prefunctional check listing, except for testing of larger or more critical pieces of equipment and some spot-checking. CONTRACTOR IS TO SUBMIT TO THE CxA THEIR PREFUNCTIONAL STARTUP DOCUMENT FORMS FOR REVIEW AND COMMENT 4 WEEKS PRIOR TO STARTING SYSTEMS.

5.8.1 Start-up Plan The CxA assists the commissioning team members responsible for startup in developing detailed start-up plans for all equipment. The parties responsible for each part of startup and initial checkout are noted on the prefunctional checklists. The following procedures will be used for this project: (the contractor is responsible for the plan devel-opment): The CxA adapts and enhances, if necessary, the representative prefunctional checklists (PC) and proce-dures, and develops original lists, as necessary. The CxA transmits them to the GC who designates which trade or contractor is responsible to fill out each line item on the Prefunctional Checklist from the CxA. The GC then transmits the checklist to the re-sponsible Subs. The Sub designated to develop the Start-up Plan obtains manufacturer installation, start-up and checkout data, including actual field checkout sheets used by the field technicians. The Sub copies all pages with important instructional data and procedures (not covered in manufacturer field checkout sheets) from the start-up and checkout manuals and adds a signature line in the column by each procedure. The copied pages, along with the prefunctional checklist provided by the GC (originally from the CxA) and the manufacturer field checkout sheets become the “Start-up and Checkout Plan.” For systems that may not have adequate manufacturer start-up and checkout procedures, particularly for components being integrated with other equipment, the Sub should provide the added necessary detail and documenting format to the CxA for approval, prior to execution. The Sub transmits the full Start-up Plan to the CxA for review and approval. The CxA reviews and approves the procedures and the format for documenting them and noting any pro-cedures that need to be added, and conveys to the GC. The GC then transmits the full start-up plan to the Subs for their review and use. (This usually means that the Prefunctional Checklist, alone, will go to more than one Sub, while the full plan will go to the primary installing contractor.)

5.8.2 Execution of Checklists and Startup Four weeks prior to startup, the Subs and vendors schedule startup and initial checkout with the GC and CxA. The startup and initial checkout are directed and executed by the Sub or vendor. The CxA, and GC if necessary, observes, at minimum, the procedures for each piece of primary equipment, unless there are multiples. For components of equipment, (e.g., condensing units), the CxA observes a portion of the pre-functional and start-up procedures. To document the process of startup and checkout, the site technician performing the line item task initials and dates each paragraph of procedures in the “Startup Plan” and

Page 165: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590 Washington, DC GMP SET

GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS 01810 - 13

checks off items on the prefunctional and manufacturer field checkout sheets, as they are completed. Only individuals having direct knowledge of a line item being completed shall check or initial the forms. The Subs and vendors execute the checklists and tests and submit a signed copy of the completed start-up and prefunctional tests and checklists to the CxA. The CxA may review prefunctional checklists in pro-gress, as necessary.

5.8.3 Sampling Strategy for CxA Observation of Prefunctional Checkout and Startup At the discretion of the CxA a small percentage of equipment as determined by the CxA shall be wit-nessed during prefunctional checkout and startup.

5.8.4 Deficiencies and Non-Conformance The Subs clearly list any outstanding items of the initial start-up and prefunctional procedures that were not completed successfully at the bottom of the prefunctional test form. The information for the deficien-cies are provided to the CxA within two days of test completion. The CxA works with the Contractors, Subs and vendors to correct and retest deficiencies or uncompleted items, involving the GC and others as necessary. The installing Subs or vendors correct all areas that are deficient or incomplete according to the checklists and tests. The GC recommends approval of the startup and initial checkout of each system to the CxA when complete. The CxA does not document approval for individual equipment or systems, and does not negate ongoing design issues or punch list items.

5.8.5 TAB The TAB contractor submits the outline of the TAB plan and approach to the CxA and the controls con-tractor four weeks prior to starting the TAB. The CxA reviews the plan and approach for understanding and coordination issues and may comment, but does not “approve.” The TAB submits weekly written reports of discrepancies, contract interpretation requests and lists of completed tests to the CxA and GC. This facilitates quicker resolution of problems and will result in a more complete TAB before functional testing begins. TAB work shall be coordinated with the Control and Mechanical Contractors to assure systems can be properly balanced. Any system which is being scheduled by the GC to be balanced, but can not be properly balanced for what ever reason at the requested time should be refused and reported to the CxA. Project schedules are very important, but not at the expense of a properly balanced system.

5.8.6 Controls Checkout Plan The controls contractor is to develop and submit a written step-by-step plan to the CxA, which describes the process they intend to follow in verifying proper performance of the control system, and the forms on which they will document the process. The controls contractor will also meet with the TAB contractor prior to the start of TAB and review the TAB plan to determine the capabilities of the control system for use in TAB. The controls contractor shall also provide a technician qualified to operate the controls to assist the TAB contractor in performing TAB. The controls contractor shall verify proper operation and document of each field installed control devise, connecting wiring and front-end system. Accuracy of sen-sors and point to point testing shall be verified and documented prior to functional testing. The controls contractor shall be an active participant for all Functional Testing.

Page 166: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590 Washington, DC GMP SET

GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS 01810 - 14

5.9 Development of Functional Test and Verification Procedures

5.9.1 Overview Functional testing is the dynamic testing of systems (rather than just components) under full operation. Systems are tested under various modes, such as during low cooling or heating loads, high loads, compo-nent failures, unoccupied, varying outside air temperatures, fire alarm, power failure, etc. The systems are run through all of the control system’s sequences of operation and components are verified to be re-sponding as the sequences state. The commissioning authority develops the functional test procedures in a sequential written form, coordinates, oversees and documents the actual testing, which is performed by the installing contractor or vendor. The CxA only is to witness and document the testing. All hands on is performed by the contractor or their subs. Contractor is to supply all test equipment necessary to perform the functional testing as outlined by the CxA. The CxA shall have the authority to postpone functional testing if he feels the systems have not been properly prepared for Functional Testing. It is then the contractor’s responsibility to retest systems as re-quired.

5.9.2 Scope of Testing (Additional) All specific testing requirements are to be included in the bid documents per the original specifications.

5.9.3 Development Process Before test procedures are written, the CxA obtains all requested documentation and a current list of change orders affecting equipment or systems, including an updated points list, control sequences and set points. The CxA develops specific test procedures to verify proper operation of each piece of equipment and system, using the testing requirements and the representative test procedure. The GC obtains clarifi-cation, as needed, from contractors and the A/E regarding sequences and operation to develop these tests. Prior to execution, the GC provides a copy of the primary equipment tests to the installing Sub who re-views the tests for feasibility, safety, warranty and equipment protection. Functional testing and verifica-tion may be achieved by manual testing (persons manipulate the equipment and observe performance) or by monitoring the performance and analyzing the results using the control system’s trend log capabilities or by stand-alone data loggers. The CxA shall determine which method is most appropriate.

5.9.4 Testing Plan Overview To provide the contractors with a better idea of where functional testing lies in the schedule, what issues are preventing the start of testing, which contractors are needed for each test and how much time might be expected from them, Form for Commissioning Functional Testing Plan Overview, is used. This form is filled out after most equipment has been started up and when functional testing dates are not too far off. The form is provided to the Contractors to assist in moving more efficiently to functional testing. The CxA must be updated with construction schedules. 5.10 Execution of Functional Testing Procedures

Page 167: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590 Washington, DC GMP SET

GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS 01810 - 15

5.10.1 Overview and Process The CxA schedules functional tests through the GC and affected Subs. For any given system, prior to performing functional testing, the CxA waits until the prefunctional checklist has been submitted with the necessary signatures, confirming that the system is ready for functional testing. The CxA oversees and witnesses the functional testing as necessary, of equipment and systems according to the Cx Plan. The Subs execute the tests. The control system is tested before it is used to verify performance of other components or systems. The air balancing is completed before functional testing of air-related systems. Testing proceeds from components to subsystems to systems and finally to interlocks and connections between systems. Functional testing shall not take place prior to completed TAB work and report.

5.10.2 Deficiencies and Retesting The CxA documents the results of the functional test. Corrections of minor deficiencies identified are made during the tests at the discretion of the CxA. The CxA records the results of the test on the proce-dure or test form. Deficiencies or non-conformance issues are noted and reported to the GC through Is-sues Log. Subs correct deficiencies, notify the GC and return their copy of the log certifying correction. The GC schedules retesting. Decisions regarding deficiencies and corrections are made at as low a level as possible, preferably between GC and Sub. For areas in dispute, final authority, besides the Owner’s, resides with the CxA and A/E. In the event that any scheduled equipment or system functional perform-ance tests are terminated more than once because the CxA or mechanical engineer discover deficient or incomplete work, or due to the non-attendance of required contractor or supplier personnel, the contractor or subcontractor responsible for the termination shall also be responsible for paying reasonable costs of time and travel expenses for the representatives who were physically present for the purpose of witness-ing the start-up or test.

5.10.3 Facility Staff Participation The Owner’s facilities operating staff are encouraged to attend and participate in the testing process. The contractor is to document a list of personnel present to witness functional testing. This form does not de-scribe their involvement in formal training. The GC will notify the CxA of who will attend, and then no-tify the facility staff when the commissioning events will occur.

5.10.4 Sampling Multiple identical pieces of non-life-safety or otherwise non-critical equipment may be functionally tested using a sampling strategy. The CxA shall determine this sampling per past sampling success. 6. N/A

7. Schedule

Page 168: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590 Washington, DC GMP SET

GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS 01810 - 16

7.1 General Issues The following sequential priorities are followed: Equipment is not “temporarily” started (for heating or cooling), until pre-start checklist items and all manufacturers pre-start procedures are completed and moisture, dust and other environmental and build-ing integrity issues have been addressed. Functional testing is not begun until prefunctional and start-up and TAB is completed, for a given system. The controls system and equipment it controls are not functionally tested until all points have been cali-brated and pre-functional testing completed. TAB is not performed until the controls system has been sufficiently functionally tested and approved by the CxA for TAB work. TAB is not performed until the envelope is completely enclosed and ceiling complete, unless the return is ducted. 7.2 Project Schedule The initial commissioning schedule is summarized in Table 7-1. A more detailed schedule is contained in Form C-10, Detailed Commissioning Schedule

Table 7-1. Initial Commissioning Schedule Summary

TO BE COORDINATED WITH GC AT START OF PROJECT Task / Activity

Estimated Start Date Estimated End Date

Initial scoping meeting and final plan Submittals obtained and reviewed Begin construction site visits/inspections

Prefunctional forms developed and distributed Startup and initial checkout plans Startup and initial checkout executed TAB Air Temperature Testing

Functional performance tests O&M documentation review and verification Training and training verification Final commissioning report Seasonal testing, (If Necessary)

Page 169: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590 Washington, DC GMP SET

GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS 01810 - 17

LEED Fundamental Commissioning Outline: General: The systems outlined in the specifications, project documents, and commissioning plan are to be fully verified as functional working systems through the effort of the commissioning team with the leadership of the Cx authority. The Cx process shall begin with a review and comment of the design concept, and continue through the final operational verifications. The system design review by the CxA is indented as a cursory review of the overall systems design to verify that it meets the LEED criteria outlined for this project. The owner project requirements (OPR), and the MEP bases of design (BOD) shall be reviewed for their intent and compatibility. All design issues or recommendations shall be forwarded to the design team for their review and action as deemed appro-priate. As the project enters the construction phase the Cx authority shall meet with the Cx team, which shall consist of but is not limited to the following professionals and tradesmen. The commissioning is led by the Commissioning Authority (CxA), whom is acting on the owners behalf, and is the lead person of the Cx team. Owners Representative (OR), which may in some cases be the CxA Building Operational Personnel (BOP), Design Engineers (EA), Architect (AE) General Contractor (GC) Mechanical Contractor (MC) Electrical Contractor (EC) TAB Contractor (TAB) Building Automation System Contractor (BAS) Other professionals or tradesmen that may be necessary for the particular portion or scope of the project. The intent is to have qualified personnel as members of the Cx team who have the authority to execute the commissioning plan and who are dedicated to the LEED process and the owner’s objectives relative to sustainability and green building design.

The construction process is the phase of the project, which obviously receives the major-ity of attention during commissioning. A brief description of the intended process is to follow. Equipment outlined in the Cx process is used for commissioning process description only, and may not represent the actual/installed MEP devises and equipment used on this project. The de-scription is generic in nature and is intended to create an understanding of the general construc-tion commissioning process for the referenced project.

A general description of the Cx activities from the design phase through the construction and acceptance phases is outlined for a general understanding of the commissioning LEED NC 2.2 prerequisite and enhanced commissioning activities required for this project. It is to be un-derstood that the commissioning process requires a total team effort to be successful.

Page 170: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590 Washington, DC GMP SET

GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS 01810 - 18

Early Construction Phase: During the early stages of construction, the CxA or commissioning team member(s) chosen by the CxA, shall review the equipment submittals as they relate to the BOD and LEED requirements. The CxA submittal review responsibilities are limited to LEED Cx requirements, with the final action/disposition being the responsibility of the design team and/or owner. The general contractor (GC) is to create a construction schedule during this phase of construction, and issue the schedule to the entire commissioning team for review and comment. The schedule is to be reevaluated by the GC and owner on a monthly (or more frequent) basis and submitted to the commis-sioning team for review and Cx scheduling coordination purposes. During the later part of this phase, the first of a series of commissioning meetings is to take place. The first commissioning meeting shall be referred to as the commissioning “Kick Off “meeting. The kick off meeting is to include a brief discussion of the commissioning plan, selection of the Cx team members and review and discussion of the project schedule. The GC, through the direction of the CxA, shall have the responsibility of scheduling all meetings throughout the entire construction and Cx process. Construction Phase: The construction phase is the project evolvement from early construction to the start of the acceptance phase. During the construction phase, the CxA shall schedule commissioning meetings as necessary through the GC. Meetings are to take place only in the event that the commissioning process is not being followed properly, or if scheduling issues arise. A meeting shall be scheduled just prior to contractor starting equipment designated as “Commissioned Equipment “(such as, HVAC , major electrical and plumbing systems) for the first time. In lieu of non scheduled Cx meetings, most ongoing Cx related is-sues may be addressed via phone conferences with the CxA. Meeting minutes generated from non-commissioning meetings are to be submitted to the CxA within one week of the meeting. Minutes of scheduled commissioning meetings shall be the responsibility of the CxA or someone appointed by the CxA. During construction, MEP systems testing is to be verified by designated member of the Cx team and associated record documents shall be signed by both the contractor and the designated Cx team witness and shall be submitted to the CxA within one week of testing. The test record shall be reviewed and in-serted in the final commissioning report by the CxA. Test documents may also be required to be submit-ted to the design engineer as specified. Prior to startup of equipment, which is part of the construction phase, the contractor is to submit manufacturer’s startup procedure documents to the CxA for review and comment. Further startup proce-dures/requirements may be submitted from the CxA to the contractor in the form of prefunctional test documents. This process is intended to ensure proper and safe system startup in preparation for successful functional testing, which will take place during the acceptance phase of the project. It is of the greatest importance that the contractor complete all startup document checklists for EACH piece of equipment and submit them to the CxA within one week of successful equipment startup. Once the equipment has been successfully started, and startup documents submitted to the CxA, the control contractor is to perform the point to point checkout of the BAS system. The control contractor is then to assist the TAB contractor in total system balance as outlined in the construction documents. Prior to the BAS and the TAB contractor verification process, they are to submit their verification procedures narrative to the CxA for review and comment. At the completion of the TAB system verification, the TAB contractor is to also submit a copy of the balance report to the CxA for review. The CxA shall wit-ness portions of the equipment startup and BAS/TAB verification processes’ on an unannounced basis, and submit any issues that arise in writing to the architect for distribution.

Page 171: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590 Washington, DC GMP SET

GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS 01810 - 19

At this juncture of the project, the building should be 98% complete and close to readiness for occupancy. The commissioning process should now to move to the acceptance phase. Construction Acceptance Phase: As we enter the acceptance phase of the project the building should be basically ready for occupancy. Normal building utilities services are to be completely functional, and the contractor’s and architect’s punch lists should be close to completion. The contractors shall have submitted all required documents and verified readiness for systems functional testing. (Note: CxA is to receive all required startup docu-ments at least three weeks prior to functional testing to allow adequate time for the creation of the func-tional testing documents) The CxA shall then create the functional test procedures for all systems outlined in the commission-ing plan and specifications. Functional testing shall include all normal, emergency, and failure modes of operation. Functional testing shall verify all control point to point operations and the TAB results on a random sampling basis. The CxA shall only witness and document the functional testing. The appointed commissioning team contractor technician or factory representative, shall perform the actual testing of the systems. This may require multiple commissioning team members, such as, contractor technicians from the mechanical, electrical, BAS, TAB, GC, ect., as needed for each system to be tested. Some systems under functional testing may require only a portion of the systems to be tested, such as, multiple small systems like VAV’s or small split D/X equipment. These systems shall be tested on a representative sam-pling basis of total systems of the same type. These systems shall be tested at the discretion of the CxA until a satisfactory quantity of systems is successfully demonstrated. It is recommended that building maintenance personnel be present during functional testing to aid in their knowledge of operation of the systems. Systems, which cannot be satisfactorily functionally tested due to weather conditions, are to be rescheduled at a date and time that is more advantages for testing. All Cx team members are required to perform such seasonal testing as part of this Cx project. CxA shall prepare and submit final Cx report documenting the Cx process up to this point.

Page 172: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590 Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING 01820 - 1/4

SECTION 01820 - DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for instructing Owner's personnel, including the following:

1. Demonstration of operation of systems, subsystems, and equipment. 2. Training in operation and maintenance of systems, subsystems, and equipment.

1.2 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS

A. Instruction Program: Submit outline of instructional program for demonstration and training, including a list of training modules and a schedule of proposed dates, times, length of instruction time, and instructors' names for each training module. Include learning objective and outline for each training module.

1. Indicate proposed training modules utilizing manufacturer-produced demonstration and training video recordings for systems, equipment, and products in lieu of video recording of live instructional module.

1.3 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS

A. Demonstration and Training : Submit six copies within seven days of end of each training module.

1. At completion of training, submit complete training manual(s) for Owner's use.

1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Facilitator Qualifications: A firm or individual experienced in training or educating maintenance personnel in a training program similar in content and extent to that indicated for this Project, and whose work has resulted in training or education with a record of successful learning performance.

B. Instructor Qualifications: A factory-authorized service representative, complying with requirements in Division 1 Section "Quality Requirements," experienced in operation and maintenance procedures and training.

C. Preinstruction Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in Division 1 Section "Project Management and Coordination." Review methods and procedures related to demonstration and training.

Page 173: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590 Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING 01820 - 2/4

1.5 COORDINATION

A. Coordinate instruction schedule with Owner's operations. Adjust schedule as required to minimize disrupting Owner's operations.

B. Coordinate content of training modules with content of approved emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. Do not submit instruction program until operation and maintenance data has been reviewed and approved by Architect.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 INSTRUCTION PROGRAM

A. Program Structure: Develop an instruction program that includes individual training modules for each system and for equipment not part of a system, as required by individual Specification Sections.

B. Training Modules: Develop a learning objective and teaching outline for each module. Include a description of specific skills and knowledge that participant is expected to master. For each module, include instruction for the following as applicable to the system, equipment, or component:

1. Basis of System Design, Operational Requirements, and Criteria: Include the following:

a. System, subsystem, and equipment descriptions. b. Performance and design criteria if Contractor is delegated design

responsibility. c. Operating standards. d. Regulatory requirements. e. Equipment function. f. Operating characteristics. g. Limiting conditions. h. Performance curves.

2. Documentation: Review the following items in detail:

a. Emergency manuals. b. Operations manuals. c. Maintenance manuals. d. Project record documents. e. Identification systems. f. Warranties and bonds. g. Maintenance service agreements and similar continuing commitments.

3. Emergencies: Include the following, as applicable:

a. Instructions on meaning of warnings, trouble indications, and error messages.

Page 174: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590 Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING 01820 - 3/4

b. Instructions on stopping. c. Shutdown instructions for each type of emergency. d. Operating instructions for conditions outside of normal operating limits. e. Sequences for electric or electronic systems. f. Special operating instructions and procedures.

4. Operations: Include the following, as applicable:

a. Startup procedures. b. Equipment or system break-in procedures. c. Routine and normal operating instructions. d. Regulation and control procedures. e. Control sequences. f. Safety procedures. g. Instructions on stopping. h. Normal shutdown instructions. i. Operating procedures for emergencies. j. Operating procedures for system, subsystem, or equipment failure. k. Seasonal and weekend operating instructions. l. Required sequences for electric or electronic systems. m. Special operating instructions and procedures.

5. Adjustments: Include the following:

a. Alignments. b. Checking adjustments. c. Noise and vibration adjustments. d. Economy and efficiency adjustments.

6. Troubleshooting: Include the following:

a. Diagnostic instructions. b. Test and inspection procedures.

7. Maintenance: Include the following:

a. Inspection procedures. b. Types of cleaning agents to be used and methods of cleaning. c. List of cleaning agents and methods of cleaning detrimental to product. d. Procedures for routine cleaning e. Procedures for preventive maintenance. f. Procedures for routine maintenance. g. Instruction on use of special tools.

8. Repairs: Include the following:

a. Diagnosis instructions. b. Repair instructions. c. Disassembly; component removal, repair, and replacement; and

reassembly instructions. d. Instructions for identifying parts and components.

Page 175: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590 Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING 01820 - 4/4

e. Review of spare parts needed for operation and maintenance.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 PREPARATION

A. Assemble educational materials necessary for instruction, including documentation and training module. Assemble training modules into a training manual organized in coordination with requirements in Division 1 Section "Operations and Maintenance Data."

3.2 INSTRUCTION

A. Facilitator: Engage a qualified facilitator to prepare instruction program and training modules, to coordinate instructors, and to coordinate between Contractor and Owner for number of participants, instruction times, and location.

B. Engage qualified instructors to instruct Owner's personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain systems, subsystems, and equipment not part of a system.

1. Contractor will furnish an instructor to describe basis of system design, operational requirements, criteria, and regulatory requirements.

2. Owner will furnish an instructor to describe Owner's operational philosophy. 3. Owner will furnish Contractor with names and positions of participants.

C. Scheduling: Provide instruction at mutually agreed on times. For equipment that requires seasonal operation, provide similar instruction at start of each season.

1. Schedule training with Owner , through Construction Manager, with at least seven days' advance notice.

D. Evaluation: At conclusion of each training module, assess and document each participant's mastery of module by use of a written performance-based test.

END OF SECTION 01820

Page 176: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590 Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

METAL FABRICATIONS 05500 - 1/7

SECTION 05500 - METAL FABRICATIONS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes:

1. Miscellaneous steel framing and supports. 2. Shelf angles. 3. Metal ladders. 4. Metal floor plate and supports. 5. Loose bearing and leveling plates.

B. Products furnished, but not installed, under this Section:

1. Loose steel lintels. 2. Anchor bolts, steel pipe sleeves, slotted-channel inserts, and wedge-type inserts

indicated to be cast into concrete or built into unit masonry. 3. Steel weld plates and angles for casting into concrete.

1.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

A. Thermal Movements: Allow for thermal movements from ambient and surface temperature changes acting on exterior metal fabrications by preventing buckling, opening of joints, overstressing of components, failure of connections, and other detrimental effects.

1. Temperature Change: 120 deg F, ambient; 180 deg F, material surfaces.

1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For the following:

1. Prefabricated building columns. 2. Metal nosings and treads. 3. Paint products. 4. Grout.

B. LEED Submittals:

1. Product Data for Credit MR 4.1: Indicating percentages by weight of postconsumer and preconsumer recycled content for products having recycled content. Include statement indicating costs for each product having recycled content.

Page 177: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590 Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

METAL FABRICATIONS 05500 - 2/7

C. Shop Drawings: Show fabrication and installation details for metal fabrications.

1. Include plans, elevations, sections, and details of metal fabrications and their connections. Show anchorage and accessory items.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 METALS, GENERAL

A. Metal Surfaces, General: Provide materials with smooth, flat surfaces without blemishes.

2.2 FERROUS METALS

A. Recycled Content of Steel Products: Provide products with average recycled content of steel products so postconsumer recycled content plus one-half of preconsumer recycled content is not less than 20 percent.

B. Steel Plates, Shapes, and Bars: ASTM A 36/A 36M.

C. Rolled-Steel Floor Plate: ASTM A 786/A 786M, rolled from plate complying with ASTM A 36/A 36M or ASTM A 283/A 283M, Grade C or D.

D. Steel Tubing: ASTM A 500, cold-formed steel tubing.

E. Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53/A 53M, standard weight (Schedule 40) unless otherwise indicated.

F. Slotted Channel Framing: Cold-formed metal box channels (struts) complying with MFMA-4.

1. Size of Channels: As indicated. 2. Material: Galvanized steel, ASTM A 653/A 653M, commercial steel, Type B, with

G90 coating; 0.108-inch nominal thickness.

2.3 FASTENERS

A. General: Unless otherwise indicated, provide Type 304 stainless-steel fasteners for exterior use and zinc-plated fasteners with coating complying with ASTM B 633 or ASTM F 1941, Class Fe/Zn 5, at exterior walls.

B. Cast-in-Place Anchors in Concrete: Either threaded type or wedge type unless otherwise indicated; galvanized ferrous castings, either ASTM A 47/A 47M malleable iron or ASTM A 27/A 27M cast steel. Provide bolts, washers, and shims as needed, all hot-dip galvanized per ASTM F 2329.

C. Post-Installed Anchors: Torque-controlled expansion anchors .

Page 178: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590 Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

METAL FABRICATIONS 05500 - 3/7

1. Material for Interior Locations: Carbon-steel components zinc plated to comply with ASTM B 633 or ASTM F 1941, Class Fe/Zn 5, unless otherwise indicated.

2. Material for Exterior Locations and Where Stainless Steel is Indicated: Alloy Group 1 stainless-steel bolts, ASTM F 593, and nuts, ASTM F 594.

D. Slotted-Channel Inserts: Cold-formed, hot-dip galvanized-steel box channels (struts) complying with MFMA-4, 1-5/8 by 7/8 inches by length indicated with anchor straps or studs not less than 3 inches long at not more than 8 inches o.c. Provide with temporary filler and tee-head bolts, complete with washers and nuts, all zinc-plated to comply with ASTM B 633, Class Fe/Zn 5, as needed for fastening to inserts.

2.4 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS

A. Shop Primers: Provide primers that comply with Division 9 painting Sections.

B. Universal Shop Primer: Fast-curing, lead- and chromate-free, universal modified-alkyd primer complying with MPI#79 and compatible with topcoat.

C. Epoxy Zinc-Rich Primer: Complying with MPI#20 and compatible with topcoat.

D. Galvanizing Repair Paint: High-zinc-dust-content paint complying with SSPC-Paint 20 and compatible with paints specified to be used over it.

E. Bituminous Paint: Cold-applied asphalt emulsion complying with ASTM D 1187.

F. Nonshrink, Nonmetallic Grout: Factory-packaged, nonstaining, noncorrosive, nongaseous grout complying with ASTM C 1107. Provide grout specifically recommended by manufacturer for interior and exterior applications.

G. Concrete: Comply with requirements in Division 3 Section "Cast-in-Place Concrete" for normal-weight, air-entrained, concrete with a minimum 28-day compressive strength of 3000 psi.

2.5 FABRICATION, GENERAL

A. Shop Assembly: Preassemble items in the shop to greatest extent possible. Use connections that maintain structural value of joined pieces.

B. Cut, drill, and punch metals cleanly and accurately. Remove burrs and ease edges. Remove sharp or rough areas on exposed surfaces.

C. Weld corners and seams continuously to comply with the following:

1. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion resistance of base metals.

2. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap. 3. Remove welding flux immediately. 4. At exposed connections, finish exposed welds and surfaces smooth and

blended.

Page 179: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590 Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

METAL FABRICATIONS 05500 - 4/7

D. Form exposed connections with hairline joints, flush and smooth, using concealed fasteners or welds where possible. Locate joints where least conspicuous.

E. Fabricate seams and other connections that will be exposed to weather in a manner to exclude water. Provide weep holes where water may accumulate.

F. Where units are indicated to be cast into concrete or built into masonry, equip with integrally welded steel strap anchors not less than 24 inches o.c.

2.6 MISCELLANEOUS FRAMING AND SUPPORTS

A. General: Provide steel framing and supports not specified in other Sections as needed to complete the Work.

B. Fabricate units from steel shapes, plates, and bars of welded construction unless otherwise indicated. Fabricate to sizes, shapes, and profiles indicated and as necessary to receive adjacent construction.

2.7 SHELF ANGLES

A. Fabricate shelf angles from steel angles of sizes indicated and for attachment to concrete framing. Provide horizontally slotted holes to receive 3/4-inch bolts, spaced not more than 6 inches from ends and 24 inches o.c., unless otherwise indicated.

B. For cavity walls, provide vertical channel brackets to support angles from backup masonry and concrete.

C. Galvanize shelf angles located in exterior walls.

D. Prime shelf angles located in exterior walls with zinc-rich primer.

E. Furnish wedge-type concrete inserts, complete with fasteners, to attach shelf angles to cast-in-place concrete.

2.8 METAL LADDERS

A. General: 1. For elevator pit ladders, comply with ASME A17.1.

B. Steel Ladders: 1. Space siderails of elevator pit ladders 12 inches apart. 2. Siderails: Continuous, 1/2-by-2-1/2-inch steel flat bars, with eased edges. 3. Rungs: 1-inch- diameter steel bars. 4. Fit rungs in centerline of siderails; plug-weld and grind smooth on outer rail faces. 5. Provide nonslip abrasive surfaces on top of each rung. 6. Prime ladders, including brackets and fasteners, with zinc-rich primer.

Page 180: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590 Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

METAL FABRICATIONS 05500 - 5/7

2.9 METAL FLOOR PLATE

A. Fabricate from rolled-steel floor plate.

1. Thickness: As indicated.

B. Provide steel angle supports as indicated.

2.10 LOOSE BEARING AND LEVELING PLATES

A. Provide loose bearing and leveling plates for steel items bearing on masonry or concrete construction. Drill plates to receive anchor bolts and for grouting.

2.11 LOOSE STEEL LINTELS

A. Fabricate loose steel lintels from steel angles and shapes of size indicated for openings and recesses in masonry walls and partitions at locations indicated.

B. Galvanize loose steel lintels located in exterior walls.

C. Prime loose steel lintels located in exterior walls with zinc-rich primer.

2.12 STEEL WELD PLATES AND ANGLES

A. Provide steel weld plates and angles not specified in other Sections, for items supported from concrete construction as needed to complete the Work. Provide each unit with no fewer than two integrally welded steel strap anchors for embedding in concrete.

2.13 FINISHES, GENERAL

A. Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products" for recommendations for applying and designating finishes.

B. Finish metal fabrications after assembly.

2.14 STEEL AND IRON FINISHES

A. Galvanizing: Hot-dip galvanize items as indicated to comply with ASTM A 153/A 153M for steel and iron hardware and with ASTM A 123/A 123M for other steel and iron products.

B. Shop prime iron and steel items not indicated to be galvanized unless they are to be embedded in concrete, sprayed-on fireproofing, or masonry, or unless otherwise indicated.

1. Shop prime with universal shop primer unless zinc-rich primer is indicated.

Page 181: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590 Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

METAL FABRICATIONS 05500 - 6/7

C. Preparation for Shop Priming: Prepare surfaces to comply with requirements indicated below:

1. Exterior Items: SSPC-SP 6/NACE No. 3, "Commercial Blast Cleaning." 2. Items Indicated to Receive Zinc-Rich Primer: SSPC-SP 6/NACE No. 3,

"Commercial Blast Cleaning."

D. Shop Priming: Apply shop primer to comply with SSPC-PA 1, "Paint Application Specification No. 1: Shop, Field, and Maintenance Painting of Steel," for shop painting.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL

A. Cutting, Fitting, and Placement: Perform cutting, drilling, and fitting required for installing metal fabrications. Set metal fabrications accurately in location, alignment, and elevation; with edges and surfaces level, plumb, true, and free of rack; and measured from established lines and levels.

B. Fit exposed connections accurately together to form hairline joints. Weld connections that are not to be left as exposed joints but cannot be shop welded because of shipping size limitations. Do not weld, cut, or abrade surfaces of exterior units that have been hot-dip galvanized after fabrication and are for bolted or screwed field connections.

C. Field Welding: Comply with the following requirements:

1. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion resistance of base metals.

2. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap. 3. Remove welding flux immediately. 4. At exposed connections, finish exposed welds and surfaces smooth and

blended.

D. Fastening to In-Place Construction: Provide anchorage devices and fasteners where metal fabrications are required to be fastened to in-place construction.

E. Provide temporary bracing or anchors in formwork for items that are to be built into concrete, masonry, or similar construction.

3.2 INSTALLING BEARING AND LEVELING PLATES

A. Clean concrete and masonry bearing surfaces of bond-reducing materials, and roughen to improve bond to surfaces. Clean bottom surface of plates.

B. Set bearing and leveling plates on wedges, shims, or leveling nuts. After bearing members have been positioned and plumbed, tighten anchor bolts. Do not remove wedges or shims but, if protruding, cut off flush with edge of bearing plate before packing with grout.

Page 182: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590 Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

METAL FABRICATIONS 05500 - 7/7

C. Pack grout solidly between bearing surfaces and plates to ensure that no voids remain.

3.3 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING

A. Touchup Painting: Immediately after erection, clean field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas. Paint uncoated and abraded areas with the same material as used for shop painting to comply with SSPC-PA 1 for touching up shop-painted surfaces.

B. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas and repair galvanizing to comply with ASTM A 780.

END OF SECTION 05500

Page 183: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION HWA/7590 Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

LIBRARY STACK SYSTEMS 11054 - 1/4

SECTION 11054 - LIBRARY STACK SYSTEMS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes 1. Cantilever bracket metal library stack shelving system

1.2 PRE-APPROVED MANUFACTURES A. Spacesaver Corporation, Fort Atkinson, Wisconsin

The above manufacturer is pre-approved by the Owner as meeting the quality, features and components required. Other manufacturers offering products which are equal to or exceed these requirements may submit product information for approval.

1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

A. Seismic requirements: Shelving units must meet, or be modified by the manufacturer to meet local seismic code requirements. Contractor to provide an affidavit certifying that the installation meets or exceeds current local seismic code requirements.

B. Plumbness of shelving units: 1/8” maximum deviation between level of bottom shelf and canopy top, measured on the edge of any upright in any direction.

C. Resistance of shelving units to lateral loads: 1/4” maximum deflection from vertical under a horizontal force of 100# at top of upright. Permanent set after load is removed shall not be more than 1/8 of an inch.

D. Deflection of uprights under load: Maximum deflection of upright in any direction with all shelves evenly spaced and all shelves on one side of the range evenly loaded at 50# per lineal shelf foot shall not exceed 1.00” at top of upright. Permanent set after lad is removed shall not be more that 1/8 of an inch.

E. Shelf loading and deflection: Shelves shall support loads of 50# per lineal shelf foot without deflection in excess of 3/16” and without permanent set after load is removed.

1.4 SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated.

B. Shop Drawings: Show fabrication and installation details.

C. Samples: For shelving, uprights, and accessories.

D. Maintenance data.

Page 184: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION HWA/7590 Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

LIBRARY STACK SYSTEMS 11054 - 2/4

E. Warranty (see 1.6 below).

1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Installer Qualifications: Installer shall be trained and approved by manufacturer, with a minimum of two years experience installing the specified library shelving system.

B. Source Limitations: Obtain library stack system and all components through one source from a single manufacturer.

1.6 WARRANTY

A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of library stack system that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period.

1. Failures include, but are not limited to deterioration of metals, metal finishes, and other materials beyond normal wear.

2. Warranty Period: Five years from date of Substantial Completion.

1.7 EXTRA MATERIALS

A. Furnish 5 percent of amount of shelf units installed for each size and type indicated, but no fewer than 10 units.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 STEEL MATERIALS

A. Steel Sheet: Uncoated, cold-rolled, steel sheet substrate complying with ASTM A 1008/A 1008M, Commercial Steel (CS), exposed.

2.2 STEEL BRACKET SHELVING

A. Steel Bracket Library Shelving: Shelving consisting of two upright support columns per section, with adjustable shelves cantilever-hung by brackets on one or both sides of uprights, and complying with ANSI Z39.73.

B. Upright Post Frames: Welded

1. Upright Posts: Vertical upright columns, minimum 14 gauge steel, 2” deep with a 1-1/4” face with 1/2” return flanges. The uprights are fully welded to a tubular top spreader and a channel bottom spreader. The uprights shall have shelf attachment slots on 1 inch increments the entire length of the uprights. Uprights shall include location indicators the length of upright on 6” centers.

Page 185: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION HWA/7590 Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

LIBRARY STACK SYSTEMS 11054 - 3/4

2. Spreaders: Top spreader shall be a minimum of 14 gauge steel tube 2-1/2” tall and 1” wide. The bottom spreader channel shall be minimum 16 gauge channel.

C. Base Supports: The support shall be minimum of 14 gauge steel and provide lateral unit stability.

D. Leveler Kits: Single and double faced as required, with 3/8-1i6 UNC cage nuts and levelers held by the base support.

E. Base Shelves: One-piece shelves with integral back stops, 18 gauge cold-rolled steel, designed to fit snugly around upright columns, with kick plate 3 inches high. Provide sloped units unless indicated otherwise. Provide 2 brackets per base shelf.

F. Adjustable Steel Shelves: Manufacturer’s standard shelves, minimum 18 gauge cold- rolled steel. The front edge shall consist of three 90 degree bends to form a shelf thickness of 3/4”. The rear edge of the shelf shall be upturned 2 inches to form a shelf backstop unless otherwise noted.

G. Shelf End Brackets: Minimum 16 gauge steel of a depth not less that that of the shelf on which they are used, and shall extend not less than 6” above the top surface of the shelf. The upper front corner shall have a minimum radius of 1”. Shelf brackets shall have a minimum of two hooks at the top for engaging into the upright posts and one safety lug to prevent accidental dislodgement at the bottom.

H. End Panels and Canopy Tops: Wood end panels and canopy tops are covered in Section 06410 – Architectural Wood Casework.

I. Bookstack Unit Types

1. Type: Single-faced and Double-faced units as shown. 2. Frame Style: Welded Upright Post Frame. 3. Width: 36 inches unless otherwise noted. 4. Height: Manufacturers standard heights of 42 inches, 66 inches, 78 inches and

84 inches. 5. Number of Shelves: Two, Four, Five, or Six adjustable shelves depending on unit

height; one sloping base shelf. 6. Shelf Depth: 8 inches, 9 inches, 10 inches or 12 inches nominal as shown. 7. Shelf Types:

a. Flat with low integral backstops. b. Sloping with integral backstops. c. Adjustable divider with integral backstops. d. Fixed periodical. e. Hinged periodical. f. Zigzag paperback shelf. g. Cascade newspaper display. h. Horizontal newspaper display. i. Multimedia browser bin. j. Media shelf tier. k. Videocassette shelf.

Page 186: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION HWA/7590 Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

LIBRARY STACK SYSTEMS 11054 - 4/4

l. Hinged flipper door unit. m. Bag rack.

2.3 ACCESSORIES

A. Findable Book Supports: Unattached book support, 6 inches high, with cork pad on bottom, for use on shelf surface.

1. Provide two per shelf.

2.4 STEEL FINISHES

A. All components to be painted with an electrostatically applied Powder Coat Finish. Color to be “Frost”.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 PREPARATION

A. Clean all finished flooring over which shelving is to be installed.

3.2 INSTALLATION

A. Install library stack systems according to manufacturer's written instructions.

B. Level library stack units with integral adjustable leveling devices to a tolerance of 1/8 inch in 96 inches for level and plumb.

C. Install using anchorage or bracing as recommended by manufacturer and as required for stability.

D. Install shelves at spacing indicated or, if not indicated, at equal spacing in each unit. Insure that ADA clearance requirements are met.

3.3 CLEANING

A. Clean all library stack shelving units and all components.

END OF SECTION 11054

Page 187: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION POLY*/7590 Washington, DC 100% Final Construction  

AUDIO-VISUAL EQUIPMENT 11130 - 1 / 23  

SECTION 11130 – AUDIO-VISUAL EQUIPMENT

PART 1 – GENERAL

1.1 SECTION INCLUDES

A. General: Comply with all Contract Documents, including Divisions 0, 1, and 15 of the general contract specifications.

B. Statement of Work: the work of this section includes, but is not necessarily limited to the following:

1. Provide and install complete and operational Audiovisual System(s) as outlined in these specifications and related drawings and documentation requirements as set forth in this documentation.

2. It is the responsibility of the Contractor to provide all wiring, plates, connections, and miscellaneous equipment for complete and operational System(s) even if specified in this or other related documents or not.

C. Coordination, provision, installation, inspection, testing, instruction, and warranties of the Audiovisual System(s).

D. All facilities, materials, equipment, transportation, and necessary labor for a complete and operational Audiovisual System(s).

E. Additional section information:

1. Required licenses and permits including any required bonding or insurance requirements that comply with general conditions of specifications and contract documentation.

2. Verification of dimensions and conditions at the job site. 3. Installation in accordance with the contract documentation, applicable installation

procedures or codes as set forth by the state or county of the project or manufacturers’ recommendations.

4. Submittal information and provisions. 5. Documented Audiovisual System(s) testing procedures. 6. Instruction of operating personnel. 7. Manuals and provisions thereof. 8. Maintenance and warranties.

F. Definitions:

1. “Contractor” – Installer who has been awarded the contract to perform the work. 2. The term “shall” is mandatory, the term “will” is informative, and the term “should” is

advisory. 3. “Provide and install” – To supply, install, and connect up complete and ready for safe

and regular operation. 4. “Indicated”, “shown”, or “noted” – As indicated, shown, or noted on drawings or

specifications. 5. “Equivalent”, “similar”, or “equal” – Of base bid manufacturer, equal in materials, size,

color, design, and efficiency of specified product, conforming to base bid manufacturers.

Page 188: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION POLY*/7590 Washington, DC 100% Final Construction  

AUDIO-VISUAL EQUIPMENT 11130 - 2 / 23  

6. “Reviewed”, “satisfactory”, “accepted”, “approved”, “directed” – As reviewed, satisfactory, accepted, approved, or directed by the Owner.

7. “Professional grade” – Equipment that is intended for commercial, not residential, use and is rated for continuous duty.

8. “User-friendly controls” – Controls that are designed and laid out for ease of use in a logical, easily recognizable, format that utilizes industry standard symbols wherever applicable.

9. “Labels” – All labels on audio-visual equipment and racks shall be self-adhering black laminate with white engraved letters as specified in Sections 3.03 and 3.04.

G. Below is a listing of specification standards, tests, or recommended installation methods and procedures or applicable installation or safety codes.

1. National Electrical Code (NEC) 2. National Electrical Manufacturer’s Association (NEMA) 3. Underwriters Laboratories (UL) 4. Electronics Industries Association (E.I.A.) 5. American National Safety Institute (ANSI) 6. Audiovisual System Engineering, by Davis and Davis Second Edition published by

SAMS

1.2 SCOPE OF WORK

A. The Contractor shall provide Audiovisual System(s) compatible with the Owner’s communications systems (i.e. telephone, video, and computer systems) and operations.

B. The Contractor shall provide equipment that, where required, shall conform to the applicable requirements of the Underwriters Laboratories, Inc., local codes, the National Electrical Code and any other governing codes. Such items shall bear a label or mark indicating their conformance to the above requirements.

C. The Contractor shall provide complete and operational system(s) configured and installed for user-friendly operation and low maintenance. On-site factory technical support shall be provided if necessary, to assure performance.

D. The Contractor shall restore finish hardware to original condition including painting, ceiling modifications, and attachments.

E. Work shall be in compliance with all applicable standards listed above and all governing codes and regulations of the authorities having jurisdiction and the Contract Documents.

F. Coordinate exact location and installation of the equipment, power, conduit, and raceway systems with the Owner and electrical contractor.

1.3 SYSTEM(S) DESCRIPTION AND REQUIREMENTS

A. The following is a basic system(s) description and is not intended to be exhaustive in nature and is not complete for proper installation or operation of system(s). The AV specification and the AV drawings need to be fully reviewed together to ensure that the design intent and list of design intent equipment is completely covered.

1. The Public Meeting Room is an easy to operate audio visual system with a recessed, ceiling mounted, front projection screen at the front of the room. The system will include

Page 189: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION POLY*/7590 Washington, DC 100% Final Construction  

AUDIO-VISUAL EQUIPMENT 11130 - 3 / 23  

one wireless microphone, a CD/MP3 player, and six microphone inputs located throughout the room as shown on the TA drawings. Each input shall be split through a distribution amplifier and sent to an analog mixer and an automixer for easy automated operation. A button control panel shall be located at the rear of the room in order to control the projection screen, CD player, and basic audio controls. A press plate shall be located at the rear of the room as shown in the AV drawings.

2. The Lobby shall have a 32” portrait oriented, wall mounted, flat panel video screen for public information display. The Pre-function area shall have a 32” portrait oriented, ceiling mounted flat panel video screen for public information display. The Pre-function flat panel will be housed in a custom wood enclosure. Graphics still store and DVD player will be located in a rack in the information desk area.

3. The Children’s Program area shall have a recessed ceiling mounted, front projection screen.

4. The Staff Lounge shall have a 32” wall mounted flat panel video screen with external speakers. The system will include a DVD player located in the information desk area.

5. A separate 70 Volt general paging system shall be installed in the building for coverage of the public areas and hallways. Paging shall be utilized via the phone system and shall interface with the phone system as appropriate for easy use from any handset. The speaker locations are shown on the drawings and each floor shall have its own zone. The paging equipment shall be located on the third floor in the Technology Room. General paging shall be muted in the Public Meeting Room when the AV systems are in use.

6. The electrical contractor shall be responsible for purchasing and installation for all conduit, outlet boxes, raceway and floor boxes suitable for installation of the Audio and Video device locations as shown on the AV drawings. This would also include all power circuits notated; coordinate with the electrical and data drawings. The AV contractor will be responsible for providing and installing the AV equipment and AV cabling as noted in this specification.

1.4 RELATED WORK

A. Conduits:

1. Review all conduit runs, junction boxes, and electrical outlets provided and installed by the electrical contractor and provide fit-up drawings based on these.

2. Verify and inspect rough-in of all necessary conduits and outlets. 3. Provide a written acceptance of all field conditions or a list of any discrepancies within

ten (10) working days from Notice to Proceed.

1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING

A. The Contractor shall carefully control handling and installation of all items which are not immediately replaceable, so that completion of the work will not be delayed by hardware or equipment losses before, during, and after installation. The Contractor is responsible for all items until Final Acceptance.

B. The Contractor shall, prior to installation, protect exposed surfaces with material which is easily removed without marring finishes.

C. The Contractor shall, without cost to the Owner, replace any products damaged during storage or handling.

Page 190: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION POLY*/7590 Washington, DC 100% Final Construction  

AUDIO-VISUAL EQUIPMENT 11130 - 4 / 23  

1.6 SCHEDULING

A. The Contractor shall submit a schedule to the Owner for approval. The schedule shall show sequence of work, etc. from time of Notice to Proceed to final sign off of project. This schedule shall be submitted on Microsoft Project, both paper and electronic format, with submittals.

B. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to coordinate the installation of the system(s) to be compatible with the work of the other trades. The Contractor shall attend weekly progress meetings and provide continuous on-site project management.

C. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to arrange with the Owner a mutually acceptable time for Acceptance Testing, based upon the dates provided in the Solicitation.

D. The Contractor shall provide operating personnel with extensive training for each system type and room type as outlined in Section 1.03.

1.7 BID/TECHNICAL PROPOSALS

A. A pre-bid site visit will be utilized to allow the contractor to see the current jobsite conditions. This meeting will be scheduled in advance with the Owner.

B. The Contractor shall be experienced in the provision of systems similar in complexity to those required for this project and shall at least meet the following criteria:

1. The primary business of the Contractor/Installer shall be the installation of audio or video systems.

2. At least five (5) years experience with the specified equipment and systems. 3. Experience with at least one project of similar size and complexity as outlined in these

specifications. 4. Be a franchised dealer and service facility for the products furnished. 5. Maintain a fully staffed installation crew and service crew for maintenance and

installation of the specified system(s). 6. Lead Installer shall have attended factory trained DSP and digital format classes for

equipment specified in this specification. 7. Audiovisual System(s) shall be approved by the Owner, Architect and Consultant. 8. At the request of the Owner, Contractor shall demonstrate that he has:

a) Adequate facilities and equipment for this work. b) Adequate staff with the appropriate technical expertise and experience for

this project.

C. Provide a list of five (5) references with locations, names of contacts, and contact phone information with brief system descriptions and dollar amounts for each reference. References shall be no more than three (3) years old.

D. A detailed equipment list in Microsoft Excel format (both hard copy and disk) showing Item Number, Item Description, Manufacturer, Part Number, Quantity, Heat (BTU/hr.), Power (Watts), Weight, and Price. Include manufacturer’s specification sheets for each piece submitted. This shall be generated from this document and related drawings.

1.8 SUBMITTALS

Page 191: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION POLY*/7590 Washington, DC 100% Final Construction  

AUDIO-VISUAL EQUIPMENT 11130 - 5 / 23  

A. Provide the following for approval thirty days after Notice to Proceed and prior to commencement of work:

1. A complete list of all products to be incorporated within the work with all quantities listed. Each product shall be listed with specification section references in Excel format.

2. Complete functional diagrams of each system required for a complete and operational system with descriptive narratives of any deviations from the specified system design.

3. All shop drawings as defined in the section.

B. Shop Drawings:

1. Shall not be smaller than 24”x36” and shall be sized as appropriate for thorough understanding of system(s).

2. Shall be scaled appropriately but not less than 1/8” =1’. 3. Shall show detailed schematic wiring diagrams showing interconnection of Contractor-

provided components and fabricated products, wiring and cabling diagrams depicting cable types, and device designators. Each component shall have a unique designator and use same designator throughout the project.

4. Shall show location of all equipment in racks, consoles, or on tables, with complete dimensions, wire routing, and cabling within housing.

5. Shall show all A.C. power outlet locations and terminal strip locations within each equipment rack.

6. Shall show plans and sections of the building and adjacent grounds with the location of all installed equipment such as loudspeakers, racks, consoles, plates/panels, antennas, (etc.).

7. Shall show patch panel layouts and labeling strips, including color schemes, as necessary.

8. Shall show full fabrication detail of custom enclosures and millwork indicating dimensions, material, finish, and openings for equipment.

9. Shall show all speaker mounting details including hardware types and load capacity. Structural information with design calculations and a copy of the PE’s certifications for each item/drawing.

10. Shall provide complete drawings for all fabricated plates and panels. Drawings shall include dimensional locations of components, component type, engraving information, plate color information, and a complete bill of materials for each plate.

11. Shall show complete labeling schemes for all cabling and equipment components for project. Include font size and styles along with a sample cable label and equipment label. All labeling shall be consistent within the project scope.

12. Shall show a complete wire schedule showing source and destination and indicating conduit location and sizing. Provide conduit sizing and layout with at least a 20% oversize for project utilization for future system growth.

13. Shall show a complete conduit riser and associated conduit plans for a complete conduit system. Include a Junction Box schedule showing type, size, mounting style, and location of each box.

C. Submittal Format:

1. Each submittal shall be in three-ring binders no larger than 3” spines and sized for 150% of material enclosed. Use multiple volumes if necessary.

2. Arrange product data in alphanumeric order. 3. Separate major groupings with labeled binder tabs. 4. Index product data sheets by manufacturer and model or part number. 5. Each submittal shall include a unique numbering scheme and be numbered in

consecutive order. 6. Reference addendum or change order numbers as applicable.

Page 192: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION POLY*/7590 Washington, DC 100% Final Construction  

AUDIO-VISUAL EQUIPMENT 11130 - 6 / 23  

7. Reference specification section, part, article, paragraph, and/or drawing reference as applicable.

8. Each submittal shall include a complete table of contents with the following information: a) Project title and number. b) Submittal number. c) Date of submission.

1.9 PROJECT CONDITIONS

A. Verify conditions on the job site applicable to this work. Notify Owner’s Representative in writing of discrepancies, conflicts, or omissions promptly upon discovery.

B. If conditions exist on the jobsite which make it impossible to install work as shown on the drawings or detailed in the specifications, recommend solutions and submit drawings showing how the work may be installed to the Consultant and Owner for approval.

1.10 FINAL INSPECTION AND TESTING

A. Upon completion of installation and Contractor commissioning (as outlined in Section 3), the Consultant shall perform system(s) inspection and testing.

B. To assist the Consultant, the Contractor shall provide a minimum of one person for inspection and two persons for testing who are familiar with all aspects of the system(s).

C. The process of testing the system(s) may necessitate moving and adjusting certain components such as speaker aiming and transformer tap values.

D. Testing will include operation of each system and any components deemed necessary. Provide required test equipment, tools, and materials required to perform necessary repairs and/or adjustments.

E. In the event that further adjustments or work is required during testing, the Contractor shall continue his work until the system(s) is (are) acceptable at no addition to the contract price. If approval is delayed due the defective equipment, and/or failure of equipment or installation to meet the requirements of this specification, the Contractor shall pay for additional time and expenses of the Owner at the rate specified by the Owner.

F. All Control Systems shall be fully tested prior to Final Testing. Once the Control Programming is “finalized” all source code, programming, and touch panel software shall be “burned” on to a CD ROM and delivered to the owner. All Control System programming (including source, files, touch panel design), and DSP is the property of the owner.

G. Infrastructure Labeling Requirements: Raceways, boxes and fittings shall be Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. (UL) listed and labeled. UL listing and labeling will not be required if it can be shown that raceways and boxes meet the requirements of another nationally recognized testing laboratory (NRTL).Required licenses and permits including any required bonding or insurance requirements that comply with general conditions of specifications and contract documentation.

1.11 WARRANTY

Page 193: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION POLY*/7590 Washington, DC 100% Final Construction  

AUDIO-VISUAL EQUIPMENT 11130 - 7 / 23  

A. All equipment provided by the Contractor shall be installed per manufacturer’s specifications and warranted by the Contractor for a period of one (1) year from the date of written acceptance to meet all performance requirements outlined herein. Warranties shall not be pro-rated. For all Owner-provided equipment, include pricing for an initial one year service contract.

B. During the warranty period, no charges shall be made for any labor, equipment, or transportation to maintain performance and functions.

C. The Contractor shall respond with remedy to a trouble call within twenty-four (24) hours after receipt of such a call, and shall provide a 24-hour service phone number. Downtime for system(s) shall be no longer than a 24-hour period. All replacement parts/components shall be of equal or higher level for service.

D. Equivalent replacement equipment shall be temporarily provided when immediate on-site repairs cannot be made.

E. At least one routine inspection and adjustment visits will be scheduled for the first year. Submit reports to the Owner.

F. Provide a separate price for an optional yearly service contract for five (5) years, to begin at the end of the initial warranty and service contract. Provide details on coverage and options.

G. The Contractor shall be present at the first use of the system (scheduled by the owner), and (one) additional event as requested by the owner.

1.12 INSTRUCTION OF OWNER PERSONNEL

A. After final inspection and completion, provide instruction to Owner-designated personnel on the operation and maintenance of the system(s).

B. Develop an instructional course based on the use of the system(s) and manufacturers’ recommendations. Provide a minimum of six (6) hours of instruction. Arrange course so that operational and maintenance classes are separate.

C. Submit an outline of the course with sample instructional aids for approval thirty (30) days prior to scheduled instruction sessions.

D. The Contractor shall be present at first system use and one (1) additional event as requested by the Owner.

PART 2 – PRODUCTS

2.1 MANUFACTURERS

A. Electronic component models shall be commercially available for a least one (1) year prior to bid, or be approved by the Owner.

B. All equipment and material shall be new.

C. All equipment must be UL listed or built to UL standards, where required.

Page 194: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION POLY*/7590 Washington, DC 100% Final Construction  

AUDIO-VISUAL EQUIPMENT 11130 - 8 / 23  

2.2 GENERAL

A. All equipment shall be professional grade and rated for continuous duty. Basic guidelines have been prepared with manufacturer names, makes, and model numbers included as minimum performance requirements. These must be satisfied, unless a variance (separate document) is submitted and approved by the Owner.

B. System(s) shall be installed and configured for simplicity of operation, with user-friendly controls.

C. Product quantity is as required for complete and operable system(s). If any quantities are given, the Audiovisual System Contractor shall provide at least the given amount. Some of the product listed under this section may not be required to fulfill the work as outlined.

D. Regardless of the length or completeness of the descriptive paragraphs listed herein, each device shall meet published manufacturer’s specifications.

E. Remove all manufacturer’s nameplates or logos from product, such as found on speaker(s), within the public sight lines or spaces.

F. Paint all wall and ceiling mounted speaker grilles and enclosures as directed by the Architect.

G. The Contractor is responsible for providing a fully operational turnkey system. The following equipment list and attached drawings are for design intent purposes. It is the responsibility of the AV contractor to review the AV specification and drawing package to ensure that the design intent, quantities and equipment is captured in the bids proposal.

2.3 EQUIPMENT – PUBLIC MEETING ROOM

A. CD/MP3 Player

1. CD-R/RW playback compatibility. 2. Instant start. 3. Direct track select buttons. 4. CD-Text. 5. Auto cue. 6. +/- 12% Pitch control. 7. Folder/title search. 8. Repeat mode (Single track/all tracks/program and random repeat) 9. RCA Stereo outputs and Coaxial RCA Digital output (SPDIF).

10. Headphone output. 11. Rack mounted. 12. Acceptable product:

a) Denon DN-C615 or equal by Tascam (provide one)

B. CD Record Deck

1. CD-R and CD-RW Recorder and Player. 2. Compatible with CD-R data, CD-R for digital audio, CD-RW data, and CD-RW for digital

audio. 3. CD-Text and ID3 tag display. 4. Input CD-Text to recorded tracks from front panel. 5. Play unfinalized CD-Rs and CD-RWs

Page 195: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION POLY*/7590 Washington, DC 100% Final Construction  

AUDIO-VISUAL EQUIPMENT 11130 - 9 / 23  

6. Analog and Coaxial/Optical (SPDIF) digital inputs and outputs. 7. Auto fade-in and out with programmable time. 8. Sync (level dependent) recording. 9. Headphone output.

10. Auto-cue feature for playback. 11. Rack mounted. 12. Acceptable product:

a) Marantz CDR633 or equal by Tascam (provide one)

C. Wireless Microphone

1. 1440 frequencies within a 36 MHz switching bandwidth. 2. Robust metal construction. 3. Pilot tone squelch. 4. Audio signal metering on transmitter LCD display. 5. XLR and ¼ inch outputs. 6. Handheld transmitter. 7. Rack mounted. 8. Acceptable product:

a) Sennheiser ew135G2 or Equal by Shure (provide one)

D. Eight Channel Microphone mixer

1. Four balanced mic/line inputs (XLR). 2. 15V Phantom power. 3. Bi-color signal present/overload indicators. 4. Trimless mic stage preamplifiers. 5. Four balanced stereo line inputs (TRS). 6. Independent mono switch. 7. 12dB of line gain. 8. Two balanced outputs (XLR). 9. Independent overload indicators.

10. Independent level controls. 11. Internal pad for mic level output. 12. Rack mounted. 13. Acceptable product:

a) Rane MLM 82S (provide one)

E. Automixer

1. Eight balanced mic-line input channels (Phoenix block connectors) 2. One unbalanced ¼” aux level input. 3. Eight unbalanced ¼” direct line level outputs. 4. One balanced master line level output (Phoenix block connectors) 5. Selectable 48V phantom power per channel. 6. Level selectable peak output limiter. 7. Rack mounted. 8. Acceptable product:

a) Shure SCM810 (provide one)

F. DSP

1. Four balanced analog I/O plus AES3 stereo digital I/O. 2. Up to 48-bit precision processing. 3. 106 dB dynamic range for line levels. 4. Studio grade mic/line preamplifiers on all analog inputs.

Page 196: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION POLY*/7590 Washington, DC 100% Final Construction  

AUDIO-VISUAL EQUIPMENT 11130 - 10 / 23  

5. 48 volt phantom power. 6. Presets recall via contact closures’. 7. Versatile input port for remote control via voltage. 8. Versatile output port provides relay drive. 9. 10Base-T Ethernet control.

10. RS-485 control. 11. Acceptable product:

a) Rane RPM 44 (provide one)

G. Assistive Listening System

1. Field strength maximum 8000 micro volts. 2. Transmitter input balanced with level of -55dBu to +21dBu. 3. Antenna type 50 ohm BNC. 4. Receiver to be battery powered and have approximately a 30 hour life when used with

alkaline batteries. 5. Four receivers with ear speakers. 6. Acceptable product:

a) Listen LS03 (provide one)

H. Two Channel Audio DA

1. Two operation modes: stereo and combine. 2. Four outputs per channel. 3. Balanced line level XLR connectors. 4. Ground lift, level control, and clip indicator light on each output. 5. Input signals are monitored by signal-present LEDs and clip LEDs. 6. Headphone circuit to monitor either channel. 7. Acceptable product:

a) Whirlwind DA-2 (provide four)

I. Amplifier

1. Switching power supply. 2. 2 RU chassis. 3. Solid state two channel. 4. Protection circuits: shorted, open, mismatched loads, overheating, DC, high-frequency

overload, under/over voltage, and internal faults. 5. Channel specific fault protection. 6. Front panel power switch. 7. Rear-mounted level controls and mode switch. 8. 300 watts per channel at 70V 9. Acceptable product:

a) Crown CTs 600 or equal by QSC (provide one)

J. Speaker

1. Consistent 120 degree broadband pattern control. 2. Coaxial design. 3. Kevlar-reinforced 6.5 inch woofer and 1 inch compression driver. 4. 150 watts power handling. 5. 70V taps: 68W, 34W, 17W, 8.5W 6. Back can. 7. Acceptable product:

a) JBL Control 227CT (provide eight) b) JBL MTC-200BB6 (provide eight)

Page 197: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION POLY*/7590 Washington, DC 100% Final Construction  

AUDIO-VISUAL EQUIPMENT 11130 - 11 / 23  

K. Wall Mount Control

1. 15 Programmable buttons with LED feedback. 2. Customizable backlit button labels. 3. Five way navigation pad. 4. Volume control knob and LED bar graph. 5. Built-in IR receiver and light sensor. 6. Two RS-232, two IR, four inputs and six relay control ports. 7. Cresnet, 10/100 Ethernet and built-in webserver. 8. Acceptable product:

a) Crestron MPC-M25 (provide one)

L. Rack

1. 21 RU and 20 inches deep. 2. Welded construction with up to 300 lb. weight capacity. 3. Abundant Velco and internal cable tie points. 4. 10-32 threaded rack rails with marked rack space increments. 5. Grounding/bonding stud in top and bottom of center section and backpan. 6. 16-guage steel construction with 1/8 inch think laser-cut corner braces. 7. Reversible padlackable center section. 8. Power distribution. 9. Acceptable product:

a) Middle Atlantic DWR-21-22PD (provide one) b) Middle Atlantic DWR-FK22 (provide one) c) Middle Atlantic PD-815SC (provide one)

2.4 EQUIPMENT – STAFF LOUNGE

A. DVD Player

1. DVD, DVD+/-RW, CD, CD-r/RW, VCD Playback. 2. MP3, WMA, DivX Playback. 3. JPEG Playback, Kodak Photo CD compatible. 4. HDMI Interface. 5. NTSC/PAL Conversion. 6. IR, RS-232 Control. 7. Simultaneous output from all analog video outputs. 8. Optical, Coaxial digital outputs. 9. Programmable DVD playback.

10. Changeable wallpaper. 11. Rack mounted. 12. Acceptable product:

a) Denon DN-V210 (provide one)

B. Flat Panel Display

1. 32” LCD. 2. 2000:1 Contrast ratio. 3. 500 cd/m2 brightness. 4. 1366 x 768 native resolution. 5. Built-in expansion slots. 6. Inputs: DVI-D, Analog D-sub, 5 BNC (RGBHV), Composite (Shared RCA and BNC), S-

Video, HDMI, Component BNC.

Page 198: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION POLY*/7590 Washington, DC 100% Final Construction  

AUDIO-VISUAL EQUIPMENT 11130 - 12 / 23  

7. RS-232 control. 8. TV tuner. 9. Power conditioner.

10. Tilt wall mount. 11. Attached speakers. 12. Acceptable product:

a) NEC LCD3215 (provide one) b) NEC SP4020-4620 (provide one) c) Furman AC-215 (provide one) d) Chief MTR6045 (provide one)

C. UTP Receiver

1. Female RJ-45 input. 2. Female HD-15 output, one 1/8 inch captive screw connector, one female RJ-45 loop

through connector. 3. Receives high resolution video and mono audio signals 600 feet or more over single

UTP cable. 4. Supports RGBHV, RGBS, RGsB, RsGsBs, component video, S-video, and composite

video. 5. Compatible with HDTV component video, bi-level or tri-level sync. 6. Separate variable level and peaking controls. 7. Additional buffered UTP output for daisy-chaining up to eight receivers. 8. LED power indicator on front panel. 9. Rack mountable.

10. Acceptable Product: a) Extron MTP RL 15HD A (provide two)

2.5 EQUIPMENT – PRE-FUNCTION AREA

A. Flat Panel Display

1. 32” LCD. 2. 2000:1 Contrast ratio. 3. 500 cd/m2 brightness. 4. 1366 x 768 native resolution. 5. Built-in expansion slots. 6. Inputs: DVI-D, Analog D-sub, 5 BNC (RGBHV), Composite (Shared RCA and BNC), S-

Video, HDMI, Component BNC. 7. RS-232 control. 8. TV tuner. 9. Power conditioner.

10. Tilt wall mount. 11. Attached speakers. 12. Custom enclosure w/ceiling mount (mahogany finish) 13. Acceptable product:

a) NEC LCD3215 (provide one) b) NEC SP4020-4620 (provide one) c) Furman AC-215 (provide one) d) Chief MTR6045 (provide one) e) Forbes AV Custom 8938 – ceiling mount (provide one)

B. UTP Receiver

1. Female RJ-45 input.

Page 199: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION POLY*/7590 Washington, DC 100% Final Construction  

AUDIO-VISUAL EQUIPMENT 11130 - 13 / 23  

2. Female HD-15 output, one 1/8 inch captive screw connector, one female RJ-45 loop through connector.

3. Receives high resolution video and mono audio signals 600 feet or more over single UTP cable.

4. Supports RGBHV, RGBS, RGsB, RsGsBs, component video, S-video, and composite video.

5. Compatible with HDTV component video, bi-level or tri-level sync. 6. Separate variable level and peaking controls. 7. Additional buffered UTP output for daisy-chaining up to eight receivers. 8. LED power indicator on front panel. 9. Rack mountable.

10. Acceptable Product: a) Extron MTP RL 15HD A (provide two)

2.6 EQUIPMENT – LOBBY VIS

A. DVD Player

1. DVD, DVD+/-RW, CD, CD-r/RW, VCD Playback. 2. MP3, WMA, DivX Playback. 3. JPEG Playback, Kodak Photo CD compatible. 4. HDMI Interface. 5. NTSC/PAL Conversion. 6. IR, RS-232 Control. 7. Simultaneous output from all analog video outputs. 8. Optical, Coaxial digital outputs. 9. Programmable DVD playback.

10. Changeable wallpaper. 11. Rack mounted. 12. Acceptable product:

a) Denon DN-V210 or equal by Tascam (provide one)

B. Flat Panel Display

1. 32” LCD. 2. 2000:1 Contrast ratio. 3. 500 cd/m2 brightness. 4. 1366 x 768 native resolution. 5. Built-in expansion slots. 6. Inputs: DVI-D, Analog D-sub, 5 BNC (RGBHV), Composite (Shared RCA and BNC), S-

Video, HDMI, Component BNC. 7. RS-232 control. 8. TV tuner. 9. Power conditioner.

10. Tilt wall mount. 11. Acceptable product:

a) NEC LCD3215 (provide one) b) Furman AC-215 (provide one) c) Chief MTR6045 (provide one)

C. Graphic Still Store

1. Stores BMP or JPEG format high resolution graphic files. 2. Plays back stored images as an automated, programmable slide show. 3. Smooth image transitions including cut and variable-rate dissolves.

Page 200: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION POLY*/7590 Washington, DC 100% Final Construction  

AUDIO-VISUAL EQUIPMENT 11130 - 14 / 23  

4. RGBHV or RGBS pass-through BNC inputs. 5. RGBHV or RGBS BNC outputs. 6. Upload graphic files from a PC via Ethernet. 7. 16 MB internal image storage. 8. RS-232 control. 9. Rack mountable.

10. Acceptable product: a) Extron GSS 100 (provide one)

D. UTP Transmitter

1. Female HD-15 input. 2. Female RJ-45 output. 3. Transmits high resolution video and summed mono audio signals over a single UTP

cable. 4. Supports RGBHV, RGBS, RGsB, RsGsBs, component video, S-video, and composite

video. 5. Compatible with HDTV component video, bi-level or tri-level sync. 6. Pre-peaking circuit for optimizing video signal on long cable runs. 7. LED power indicator on front panel. 8. Rack mountable. 9. Acceptable Product:

a) Extron MTP T 15HD A (provide two)

E. UTP Receiver

1. Female RJ-45 input. 2. Female HD-15 output, one 1/8 inch captive screw connector, one female RJ-45 loop

through connector. 3. Receives high resolution video and mono audio signals 600 feet or more over single

UTP cable. 4. Supports RGBHV, RGBS, RGsB, RsGsBs, component video, S-video, and composite

video. 5. Compatible with HDTV component video, bi-level or tri-level sync. 6. Separate variable level and peaking controls. 7. Additional buffered UTP output for daisy-chaining up to eight receivers. 8. LED power indicator on front panel. 9. Rack mountable.

10. Acceptable Product: a) Extron MTP RL 15HD A (provide two)

F. Rack

1. High-quality black wood grain laminate finish. 2. 12 RU by 18 inches deep. 3. Power distribution. 4. Acceptable product:

a) Middle Atlantic BRK12 (provide one) b) Middle Atlantic PD-815SC (provide one)

2.7 EQUIPMENT – PAGING

A. Amplifier

Page 201: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION POLY*/7590 Washington, DC 100% Final Construction  

AUDIO-VISUAL EQUIPMENT 11130 - 15 / 23  

1. Switching power supply. 2. 2 RU chassis. 3. Solid state four channel. 4. Protection circuits: shorted, open, mismatched loads, overheating, DC, high-frequency

overload, under/over voltage, and internal faults. 5. Channel specific fault protection. 6. Front panel power switch. 7. Rear-mounted level controls and mode switch. 8. 220 watts at 70V by four channels. 9. Acceptable product:

a) Crown CTs 4200 USP/CN or equal by QSC (provide two)

B. Matrix Processor:

1. All system parameters shall be software controllable via serial port. 2. Software shall be supplied with DSP. 3. System signal processing shall include crossover functions, parametric, and graphic

equalization, delay, compression, limiting, and feedback suppression. 4. Software shall allow for easy and flexible configuration of the DSP. 5. DSP shall have at least eight (8) with up to then (10) outputs configurable in any

configuration. 6. DSP shall include user definable preset configurations. 7. All inputs and outputs shall be electronically balanced. 8. Provide appropriate serial cables as required for computer interface. 9. Contractor shall utilize software configuration as supplied by Consultant and shall

submit finals for approval 10. Provide the latest release version of software. 11. Processor shall be rack-mounted. 12. Acceptable product:

a) Ashly ne24.24m (provide one) b) Ashly ne24.24m Input (provide three)

C. Backup Power Supply

1. 1850 Watts / 2200 VA output power capacity. 2. Nine NEMA 5-15R and 2 NEMA 5-20R receptacles, 3. RS-232, Smart-Slot, and USB interface ports. 4. Rack mounted. 5. Acceptable product:

a) APC SUA2200XL (provide one)

D. Speakers

1. 4” ceiling type with self contained enclosure. 2. Speaker shall have a 4 inch woofer and tweeter. 3. Formed steel back can. 4. Wattage Taps: 3.7, 7.5, 15, 30 5. Acceptable product:

a) JBL Control 24CT (provide fifty-five)

E. Rack

1. Welded construction with up to 10000 lb load capacity. 2. Cable pass-through 3. Standard locking rear door 4. Electrical knockouts on removable split rear plates

Page 202: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION POLY*/7590 Washington, DC 100% Final Construction  

AUDIO-VISUAL EQUIPMENT 11130 - 16 / 23  

5. Provide with vented front and rear door, keylock side panels, fan top with 10” fan and rear rack rails.

6. 1/8” thick internal steel braces 7. Acceptable product:

a) Middle Atlantic WRK-44-32 (provide one) b) Middle Atlantic VFD-44 c) Middle Atlantic MW-VRD-44 d) Middle Atlantic SPN-44-312 e) Middle Atlantic MW-10FT-550CFM f) Middle Atlantic CBS-WRK-32 g) Middle Atlantic WRK-RR44 h) Furman PL-8C or approved equal

2.8 PLATES, PANELS, CONDUIT AND FLOOR BOXES

A. Provide plates and panels as described in the drawings and as required for fully operable system(s).

B. Custom plates shall be 1/8” thick aluminum, standard EIA sizes, brushed black anodized finished unless otherwise noted.

C. Plastic plates are not allowed.

D. Lettering shall be in all caps and numbers engraved with a color contrasting to the base material with a minimum size of 0.25”.

E. Acceptable manufacturers of custom plates and panels:

1. FSR or approved equal 2. RCI Custom 3. Panel Crafters

F. Conduit and Outlet Box System:

1. Empty Conduit and outlet box system complying with sections 16050 and 16820 2. Not less than ¾” conduit size and larger conduit sizes as indicated.

G. Outlet Boxes:

1. 1 gang box – 2-1/8 inches deep by 2-1/8 inches high with 1 gang ring. 2. 3 gang box – 2-1/8 inches deep by 2-1/8 inches high with 1 gang ring 3. 12” x 12” NEMA Type 1 enclosure 4. 24” x 24” NEMA Type 1 enclosure 5. Others as required or per manufacturer’s recommendation

H. Cover Plates

1. Comply with Section 16050 and 16820. 2. Provide blank plates for all outlet boxes that are not utilized for each phase.

I. Floor Boxes: Shall be as follows:

1. Acceptable Product: The product shall be the FSR or Wiremold.

Page 203: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION POLY*/7590 Washington, DC 100% Final Construction  

AUDIO-VISUAL EQUIPMENT 11130 - 17 / 23  

a) FSR FL-710 in Meeting Room b) FSR-710-BLK-C c) Wiremold RFB4 in Conference Room d) Wiremold S38CCTCBS

2. Type: Unless otherwise indicated, floor boxes shall be fully adjustable, UL listed, CUL listed, scrub water approved and not less than 480 in3 in volume. Adjustment leveling feet shall provide 1/8 inch (minimum) vertical or angular (tilting) adjustment.

3. Cover Plates: Unless otherwise indicated, cover plates for floor boxes shall be made of heavy steel not less than 11-gauge thick and each shall be provided with a 0.25 inch aluminum ring (SLP-type) or flange permanently attached to the adjusting ring.

2.9 CABLES AND WIRING

A. All audio cable shall be stranded copper.

B. Shielded cables located in raceways shall have aluminum foil shield with drain wire.

C. Where speaker cables are run exposed in return plenum space, provide plenum rated cable.

D. Where cables are routed through cable tray, provide tray rated cable of equal gauge.

E. Provide the following as required for fully operable system(s).

1. Microphone level cables: No. 22 shielded jacketed – West Penn 452 with gray jacket. 2. Line level cables: No. 22 shielded jacketed – West Penn 452 with gray jacket. 3. Constant voltage speakers: amplifier to zone: Min No. 14 gauge – West Penn 226. 4. Constant voltage speakers: plenum rated amplifier to zone: No. 14 gauge jacketed-

West Penn 25266. 5. Constant voltage speakers: within zone No. 16 gauge jacketed – West Penn 225. 6. Constant voltage speakers: within zone plenum No. 16 gauge jacketed – West Penn

252225. 7. Communication outlet cables: No. 20 shielded – Belden 83559 Plenum. 8. Ethersound cables (runs under 105m): No. 24 – Belden 1304A. 9. Control cables: No. 20 shielded – Belden 83559 Bladen.

10. Communication outlet cables: No. 22 shielded – Belden 83559 Plenum. 11. RGB video cable: Belden 1406B, 1407B, 1417B as required. 12. RGB riser: Belden 7710A, 7711A, 7712A, 7713B as required. 13. RGB plenum rated: Belden 1824A, 1825A, 1826A as required. 14. SVHS cables: Belden 1808A as required. 15. Precision video cable: Gepco VSD200ITS Plenum as required. 16. RGB sync cable: West Penn wire WP6355as required. 17. Loudspeaker cable: No. 10 THHN provide different colors for each pass band type,

supply plenum as required. 18. Antenna cable: RG-59 minimum refer to manufacturer’s specification and

recommendations as required.

2.10 PROPOSED SUBSTITUTIONS

A. Where specific equipment is described, it is not the intention to discriminate against the products of other manufacturers, but rather to establish a standard of quality. All proposed substitutions should be submitted as alternates with complete data.

Page 204: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION POLY*/7590 Washington, DC 100% Final Construction  

AUDIO-VISUAL EQUIPMENT 11130 - 18 / 23  

B. The Owner requires manufacturer’s original specification tests. The owner will evaluate and approve all substitutions.

C. Items designated “no substitutions” will be specified item only. Submission of items other than specified shall not be considered.

PART 3 – EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION

A. Electronic equipment shall be permanently mounted in equipment racks.

B. Follow ASDI standards as a minimum.

C. Provide shaft locks or security covers on non-user operated equipment having front panel access.

D. Install XLR-type connectors wired as follows: Pin 2 High, Pin 3 Low, and Pin 1 Shield.

E. Mount all equipment, speakers, plates and panels, plumb and level.

F. Permanently install all equipment to be firmly mounted and held in place. Provide necessary equipment supports to hold and support loads with at least a 5:1 safety factor.

G. Raceway

1. Install raceway and outlet box system continuous from outlet to junction box and to

equipment location with no more than four (4) quarter bends (360 degrees total). 2. Install raceway from outlet boxes to cable ladder in corridor as indicated. Bush and

ream conduit ends and terminate with insulated bushings. Clamp conduit to ladder as required for proper support. Provide fittings.

3. Install raceway from outlet boxes to accessible ceiling spaces. Bush and ream conduit ends and terminate with insulated brushings.

4. Where cable tray/ladder is not utilized, make continuous runs from box to box with isolation from building systems as required.

H. Floor Boxes

1. General: Install boxes as indicated or as necessary, complying with the manufacturer's written instructions, applicable requirements of codes and standards, and according to recognized industry practices. Finished installation shall have a 4 hour minimum fire rating.

2. Room Locations: Install boxes per plans. 3. Adjustments: Under the following condition and with the approval of the Contracting

Officer, move raceways and boxes from the shown location as follows: a) Where box locations shown would interfere or cause associated electrical

equipment to interfere with architectural, structural or mechanical features, install the box in a location which eliminates interference but with the smallest deviation from the location shown.

4. Knockouts: Open only knockouts which will be used for a conduit. Install tight fitting knockout closers in holes from which conduits have been removed.

Page 205: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION POLY*/7590 Washington, DC 100% Final Construction  

AUDIO-VISUAL EQUIPMENT 11130 - 19 / 23  

5. Box Supports: Fasten raceways and boxes securely in place, using any approved spring clips and other fasteners, required in Section 16072 - Supporting Devices.

6. No Extension Rings: Install boxes which provide the required volume without the use of extension rings.

7. Masonry Boxes: Install masonry boxes where boxes are recessed in wood, concrete block or brick or wood paneling. Saw-cut the opening for the boxes so that they will fit snugly in the opening. Install boxes with front edges flush with adjacent surfaces.

8. Cast Metal Boxes: Install cast metal boxes with weatherproof covers under any of the following conditions:

a) Exterior locations b) Where exposed to moisture c) In exposed rigid steel conduit systems

9. Boxes for Receptacles: Shall be equipped with a grounding terminal screw. 10. Communication, Signal and Alarm Outlets: Install boxes for telephone, intercom, public

address and fire alarm outlets. Grounding terminal is not required for these boxes. 11. Box Covers: Install box covers appropriate for the box, type of outlet and device, and

with additional requirements as follows: a) For boxes recessed in gypsum wallboard, install raised device covers. b) For exposed, surface mounted boxes, install covers deep drawn 1/2 inch,

with height and width dimensions identical to the associated box. c) Terminate and install plates specified in Section 16140 - Wiring Devices and

per plans. d) For cast metal boxes, install gasketed, cast metal covers.

12. Care for Insulation: Replace any thermal insulation cut or damaged during installation of boxes.

13. Floor Box Adjustment: Adjust floor boxes and covers so that cover plates are flush with the finished floor around the entire circumference.

14. Carpet Plates: In carpeted areas, install a carpet plate at each floor box.

3.2 EQUIPMENT HOUSING

A. Install amplifiers in equipment racks according to manufacturer’s recommendations.

B. Provide adequate ventilation fans to maintain a rack temperature of less than 92 degrees Fahrenheit.

C. Provide rear support for housing mounted equipment greater than 15” deep.

D. Allow a minimum of 20% open rack space.

E. Fill all empty spaces with blank panels, sizing as required, painted to match housing.

F. Locate operator useable equipment and patch panels at an appropriate operating height.

G. Key all door locks for each housing type (front, rear) alike.

H. Looking at the equipment racks from the rear of the racks, install all AC power and ground cabling on the left and audio and video cabling on the right.

I. Provide lights mounted in the top of each rack to illuminate the interior for service or maintenance. Lights shall be individually switch-able and placed so as to provide maximum illumination throughout the rack.

Page 206: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION POLY*/7590 Washington, DC 100% Final Construction  

AUDIO-VISUAL EQUIPMENT 11130 - 20 / 23  

J. Provide rear-mounting rails as required for proper mounting.

3.3 LABELING

A. Provide, for each piece of rack-mounted equipment, an engraved lamicoid label and attach to the front of the equipment. Install in a plumb, level, and permanent manner. Provide rear mounted labeling for all rack-mounted equipment.

B. Provide engraved label over each user-operated control that describes the function or purpose of the control. Adjust size of label to appropriate size for location.

C. Provide custom project plates at the top of each equipment rack designating consultant and installation contractor (see rack elevations for details).

D. Provide each terminal strip with a unique descriptor and numerical designator for each strip. Show strip information on the drawings.

E. Provide logical and legible cable and wiring labels permanently attached for easy identification to each cable on both ends.

F. Label on cables shall be adhesive style striping covered with clear, heat shrink tubing, sized appropriately for the cable.

G. Wiring designator shall be alphanumeric code, unique for each cable.

H. Each cable type shall be labeled starting with different destinations (i.e. mic series “Mxxx”, speaker series “Sxxx”, etc.).

I. Locate the cable designator at the origination and the destination of each circuit. Locate cable designator within 2” of connection point.

3.4 CONTRACTOR COMMISSIONING

A. Prior to energizing or testing the system(s), ensure the following:

1. All products are installed in a proper and safe manner per the manufacturers’ instructions.

2. Insulation and shrink tubing are present where required. 3. Dust, debris, solder, splatter, etc. is removed. 4. Cable is dressed, routed, and labels and all connections are consistent with regard to

polarity. 5. All labeling has been provided and installed. 6. All products are neat, clean, unmarred and securely fastened. 7. All debris has been cleaned and removed from the site. 8. All electronic devices are properly grounded.

B. Perform the following test. Record all results in the final project manual.

1. Test each AC power outlet for proper connections for hot, neutral and ground. 2. Measure and record the DC resistance for the technical ground in the equipment racks

and console. Resistance should be 0.15 ohms or less. 3. Measure the impedance of each speaker line from the amplifier rack.

Page 207: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION POLY*/7590 Washington, DC 100% Final Construction  

AUDIO-VISUAL EQUIPMENT 11130 - 21 / 23  

C. Speaker Verification Test:

1. Provide a low level distinctive tone to each amplifier input. 2. Systematically turn on each amplifier, one by one, and verify that the correct speaker is

being driven. Correct wiring as required for proper operation.

D. Constant Voltage Speaker test:

1. Provide a low level distinctive tone to each amplifier input. 2. Systematically turn on each amplifier, one by one, and verify that the correct speaker is

being driven. Correct wiring as required for proper operation. 3. Walk the areas covered by the speakers and check for even level volume coverage.

Adjust any speakers that are not correct by changing tap values as required for even volume level.

E. Speaker Polarity:

1. Use an electronic polarity checker to test each reinforcement speaker. All speakers should have the same relative polarity.

F. System(s) Gain Adjustment:

1. Adjust each active device to have unity gain from the console output to the input of the amplifiers.

2. With all amplifiers turned off, connect a sine wave and pink noise to an input of the console. Using a RMS voltmeter, adjust the scale to an output between -10 and 0dBu. Once level has been established, it should remain unchanged throughout the testing.

G. Signal Delay Adjustment:

1. Adjust the delay speakers to ensure proper synchronization between the main speakers and the delayed speakers.

2. Using TEF20 or SMARRT Live measure and adjust the arrival times of each speaker to be fully synchronized.

H. Amplifier Level Adjustment:

1. Adjust the gain of each amplifier to provide consistent and appropriate levels throughout the seating areas/facilities.

2. With the console and other electronic devices feeding the amplifiers adjusted as described above, adjust the output of the console to be -10dB on the output VU meter.

3. Adjust the appropriate amplifiers to achieve 85dBA in the area covered by one of the speakers. Use a calibrated sound level meter to make the adjustments.

4. If the speaker is utilizing an active crossover, mute the individual bandpass sections to adjust each section independently.

5. Start with the speaker closest to the stage area or the booth location as appropriate. Once that speaker has been adjusted to the above criteria, repeat this procedure for each speaker cabinet.

6. Amplifiers should be set to provide an average of 85dBA plus or minus 1.5dB throughout each seating section.

I. Amplifier Level Adjustment 70 volt System:

1. Adjust the level of the 70 volt systems to achieve a volume level appropriate for their location and intended use.

Page 208: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION POLY*/7590 Washington, DC 100% Final Construction  

AUDIO-VISUAL EQUIPMENT 11130 - 22 / 23  

2. After initial amplifier adjustment, walk all areas utilizing the 70 volt systems and check for volume uniformity. If any changes of 3dB or more occur, adjust that specific area or speaker as required for even coverage.

J. Input Verification Test:

1. Using a microphone, portable signal generator, or CD player, send signal from every microphone input to the console. Check every connection location in the facility.

2. Verify video signal presence at each component input with test equipment and verify the proper signal and uniform strength.

3. Verify that the receptacle under test appears at the correct position on the patch bay and is operating properly.

4. In a similar manner, check any other inputs or tielines, as appropriate.

K. Video Path Tests:

1. Insertion Gain. 2. Line Time Waveform Distortion. 3. Short time Waveform Distortion (2T pulse). 4. Chrominance-Luminance Gain Inequality. 5. Gain/Frequency Distortion, Differential Gain and Phase

L. Notification:

1. Once all of the above is complete, the system(s) is (are) ready for inspection. Formally notify the Owner at least seven (7) days prior to desired inspection date.

2. Final adjustments and equalization will be conducted at the time of inspection.

3.5 APPLICABLE FEDERAL SPECIFICATIONS

A. The list below forms only a part of this specification.

1. J-C-30A &Am-1 Cable and Wire, Electrical (Power, fixed installations) 2. W-C-3735B Circuit Breakers, Molded Case, Branch Circuit, and Service 3. W-C-586C Conduit outlet boxes, bodies, and entrance caps, electrical: cast metal 4. W-C-596E/Gen Connector, Electrical, Power, General Specifications 5. W-F-406B Fittings for Cable, Power, Electrical and Conduit, Metal, Flexible 6. W-F-408C Fittings for Conduit, Metal, Rigid, (Thick wall and EMT) 7. W-J-800D Junction Box: Extension, Junction Box; Cover, Junction Box (Steel,

Cadmium, or Zinc Coated) 8. HH-I-553C Insulation Tape, Electrical (Rubber, Natural, or Synthetic) 9. HH-i-595C Insulation Tape, Electrical, Pressure Sensitive Adhesive, Plastic

10. WW-C-0054OC Conduit, Metal, Rigid: and Coupling, Elbow, Nipple, Electrical Conduit: Aluminum

11. WW-C-566C Conduit, Metal, Flexible 12. WW-C-581 E Conduit, Metal, Rigid, and Intermediate: and Coupling, Elbow, and Nipple

Electrical Conduit: Steel Zinc Coated 13. C2-1990 National Electrical Safety Code 14. C97.1-1972 Low Voltage Cartridge Fuses 600v or less 15. Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers (IEEE) 16. 142-1982 Recommended Practice for Grounding of Industrial and Commercial Power

Systems END OF SECTION 11130

Page 209: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION POLY*/7590 Washington, DC 100% Final Construction  

AUDIO-VISUAL EQUIPMENT 11130 - 23 / 23  

Page 210: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION POLY*/7590 Washington, DC 100% Final Construction

PROJECTION SCREENS 11132 - 1 / 4  

SECTION 11132 - PROJECTION SCREENS

PART 1 – GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section includes:

1. Roll-up, electrically projected screens.

B. Related sections:

1. Section 05500 – Metal Fabrications: Metal rods, chains, bracing, fasteners and other support components for suspending projection screens.

2. Section 06105 – Miscellaneous Carpentry: Wood blocking for installation of projection screens.

3. Section 09250 – Gypsum Board Assemblies: Suspended gypsum board ceilings to contain recessed projection screens.

4. Section 16400 – Electrical supply, conduit, and wiring for motorized projection screens.

1.2 SUBMITTALS

A. Submit in accordance with Section 01330 – Submittal Procedures:

1. List of proposed products and product data. 2. Shop drawings showing dimensions, method of attachment, structural support, bracing,

and electrical wiring. 3. Samples of finishes for selection by Architect. 4. Manufacturer’s installation and maintenance instructions.

1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Source limitation: Obtain projection screens from single manufacturer as a complete unit including necessary mounting hardware, motor, controls, limit switches, and accessories.

B. Motorized projection screens shall be certified for use in the United States and Canada by Underwriters Laboratory (UL), Inc. and shall bear UL label.

1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A. Do not deliver projection screens until building is enclosed, other construction within spaces where screens will be installed is substantially complete and installation of screens is ready to begin.

B. Deliver products in manufacturer’s original, unopened, undamaged containers with labels intact.

Page 211: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION POLY*/7590 Washington, DC 100% Final Construction

PROJECTION SCREENS 11132 - 2 / 4  

PART 2 – PRODUCTS

2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURES

A. Draper, Inc., 411 South Pearl Street, Spiceland, IN 47385.

1. Draper Access Series V.

B. Manufacturers of equivalent products submitted and approved in accordance with Section 01630 – Product Substitution Procedures.

2.2 MOTORIZED PROJECTION SCREENS

A. Type: Electrically operated projection screen for ceiling installation consisting of case, screen, motor, controls, electric brake, limit switches, mounting accessories, and other components necessary for complete installation.

B. Method of installation: Recessed ceiling mounted with 3/8 diameter threaded steel suspension rods.

C. Screen case:

1. Extruded aluminum housing with white paint finish and stamped steel end caps suitable for installation in return air plenums. Bottom closure panel forms slot for passage of viewing surface and is removable for access to operating mechanism and viewing surface. Bottom perimeter flange provides trim for gypsum board ceiling.

2. Housing is symmetrical allowing for left and right hand motor locations and for viewing surface to unroll off front or back of roller.

3. Housing designed with internal junction box and plug-in wiring connections to allow housing to be installed and connected to building power supply separately from motor and viewing surface.

D. Roller: Factory installed 3 inches diameter steel or aluminum tube mounted on zinc plated brackets with double row radial ball bearings. Roller mounted on vibration insulators.

E. Viewing surface securely attached to roller at top and at bottom to weighted dowel. Provide each side of viewing surface with black masking borders and tab-guide cable tensioning system to maintain even lateral tension and to hold surface flat. Top of screen masked by 12” (30 cm) black drop.

2.3 VIEWING SURFACE

A. Material: Matt white vinyl surface laminated on woven fiberglass base and surface is washable, flame resistant, and mildew resistant; Fiberglass Matt White Surface as manufactured by Draper, Inc.

B. Size of viewing surface:

1. Public Meeting Room: 58 inches high by 104 inches wide.

Page 212: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION POLY*/7590 Washington, DC 100% Final Construction

PROJECTION SCREENS 11132 - 3 / 4  

2. Children’s Program Room: 45 inches high by 80 inches wide.

C. Joints: Viewing surface shall contain no seams.

D. Edge treatment: 2 inches wide black masking borders.

E. Extra drop: 12 inches, black. A/V contractor to determine and verify.

2.4 MOTOR

A. Type: 110-120 VAC, 60 HZ, 3 wire, instantly reversible, lifetime lubricated, and equipped with internal thermal overload protector, electric brake, and pre-set accessible limit switches.

B. Mount inside screen roller on rubber vibration insulators.

2.5 CONTROLS

A. Provide 1 control stations to lower, raise, stop and reverse projection screen at any point.

B. Single station control: 3-position rocker switch with cover plate, accepting 110V current, and operating by sustained contact.

C. Low voltage control: Control station without switches for interface with master control system. Wiring from switches or receivers to low voltage control unit to be 24 V.

PART 3 – EXECUTION

3.1 PREPARATION

A. Coordinate layout and installation of projection screens with ceiling construction and related components penetrating or above ceilings such as lighting fixtures, mechanical equipment, ductwork, and fire-suppression system.

B. Coordinate requirements for blocking, structural supports, and bracing to ensure adequate means for installation of screens.

C. Coordinate requirements for power supply conduit, and wiring required for projection screen motors and controls.

D. Coordinate interface and installation of screen and masking controls with provision of video projector/projector control system.

E. Prior to installation, verify type and location of power supply.

3.2 INSTALLATION

A. Install projection screens and controls at locations and heights indicated on drawings.

B. Comply with screen manufacturer’s written instructions and shop drawings.

Page 213: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION POLY*/7590 Washington, DC 100% Final Construction

PROJECTION SCREENS 11132 - 4 / 4  

C. Install screens securely to supporting substrate so that screens are level and back of case is plumb.

D. Provide required brackets, hanger rods and fasteners.

3.3 TESTING AND DEMONSTRATION

A. Test motorized projection screens to verify that screen, controls, limit switches, closure, and other operating components are functional. Ensure that screen is level and viewing surface plumb when extended. Correct deficiencies.

B. Demonstrate operation of screen to Owner’s designated representatives.

3.4 PROTECTING

A. Protect projection screens after installation from damage from construction operations. If damage occurs, remove and replace damaged components or entire unit as required to provide units in their original, undamaged condition.

END OF SECTION 11132

Page 214: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590 Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

RESIDENTIAL APPLIANCES 11451 - 1/3

SECTION 11451 - RESIDENTIAL APPLIANCES

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes the following: 1. Cooking equipment including microwave ovens. 2. Refrigerator/freezers.

1.2 SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated.

B. LEED Submittal: 1. Product Data for Credit EA 1.4: For appliances, documentation indicating that

products are ENERGY STAR rated.

C. Samples: For each exposed finish.

D. Maintenance data.

1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Installer Qualifications: An employer of workers trained and approved by manufacturer for installation and maintenance of units required for this Project.

B. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use.

C. Residential Appliances: Comply with NAECA standards.

D. Energy Ratings: Provide appliances that qualify for the EPA/DOE ENERGY STAR product labeling program.

1.4 WARRANTY

A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer of each appliance specified agrees to repair or replace residential appliances or components that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Microwave Oven: Five-year limited warranty for defects in the magnetron tube. 2. Refrigerator/Freezer: Five-year limited warranty for in-home service on the

sealed refrigeration system.

Page 215: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590 Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

RESIDENTIAL APPLIANCES 11451 - 2/3

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MANUFACTURERS

A. In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply to product selection: 1. Basis-of-Design Product: The design for each residential appliance is based on

the product named. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide either the named product or a comparable product by one of the other manufacturers specified.

2.2 COOKING APPLIANCES

A. Microwave Oven: a. Hotpoint. b. KitchenAid. c. Maytag.

2. Basis-of-Design Product: GE “Profile” Countertop Microwave Oven, Model #PEB1590SMSS or a comparable product by one of the following: a. Hotpoint. b. KitchenAid. c. Maytag.

3. Oven Capacity: 1.5 cu. ft.. 4. Exhaust Fan: Nonvented, recirculating-type with charcoal filter.

2.3 REFRIGERATION APPLIANCES

A. Refrigerator/Freezer: 1. Basis-of-Design Product: GE “Profile” Energy Star Side by Side Refrigerator,

Model #PSFW3YGXSS or a comparable product by one of the following: a. Hotpoint. b. KitchenAid. c. Maytag.

2. Type: Freestanding, side-by-side refrigerator/freezer. 3. Storage Capacity:

a. Fresh Food Compartment Volume: 14.55 cu. ft.. b. Freezer Volume: 8.61 cu. ft..

4. Front Panel: Stainless-steel door front and lower access panel.

Page 216: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590 Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

RESIDENTIAL APPLIANCES 11451 - 3/3

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL

A. Freestanding Equipment: Place units in final locations after finishes have been completed in each area. Verify that clearances are adequate to properly operate equipment.

B. Utilities: Refer to Divisions 15 and 16 for plumbing and electrical requirements.

END OF SECTION 11451

Page 217: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION HWA/7590 Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

LIBRARY EQUIPMENT 11510 - 1/2

SECTION 11510 - LIBRARY EQUIPMENT

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes 1. Book Trucks 2. Under Counter Book Return Carts

1.2 SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 BOOK TRUCKS – Provide 8 Book Trucks

A. Aluminum Book Trucks as manufactured by DEMCO

1. Fully welded aluminum construction

2. 300 lb. capacity, 100 lbs. per shelf

3. 12-1/2” between shelves

4. 5” diameter “LibraryQuiet” casters, 2 locking

5. Color to be Light Beige

2.2 UNDER COUNTER BOOK RETURN CARTS – Provide 4 Carts

A. Under Counter Cushion Drop Book Return Cart as manufactured by Kingsley.

1. 190 Book/475 DVD/CD capacity

2. 26” maximum height

3. Ball bearing casters

Page 218: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION HWA/7590 Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

LIBRARY EQUIPMENT 11510 - 2/2

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 DELIVERY

A. Deliver library equipment to the site in an undamaged condition and protect against damage.

END OF SECTION 11510

Page 219: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590 Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

LIBRARY BOOK AND MEDIA DEPOSITORY 11511- 1/2

SECTION 11511 – LIBRARY BOOK AND MEDIA DESPOSITORY

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes through wall single drop library depository.

1.2 SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated.

B. Shop Drawings: Show fabrication and installation details.

C. Samples: For exterior finish.

D. Product test reports.

E. Maintenance data.

F. Warranty.

1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Installer Qualifications: An employer of workers trained and approved by manufacturer.

1.4 WARRANTY

A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of depository that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period.

1. Failures include, but are not limited to deterioration of metals, metal finishes, and other materials beyond normal wear.

2. Limited Warranty Period: Life of building.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 LIBRARY DEPOSITORY

A. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide Kingsley “Kwik Drop Standard Book Return Faceplate” #10-8950-BK with “Stainless Steel Standard Chute” #50-8500.

Page 220: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590 Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

LIBRARY BOOK AND MEDIA DEPOSITORY 11511- 2/2

1. General Features: a. Weather-resistant. b. Theft-deterrence. c. Wording:

1) “BOOK RETURN” on faceplate. 2. Exterior Materials and Features

a. Material: 16 gage stainless steel exterior faceplate, depository doors and cover plate. #4 finish.

b. Features: 1) Built-in weather shroud and door flap. 2) Depository Doors: Flush mounted spring loaded doors which open

inward and down. Doors are field replaceable. 3. Interior Materials and Features:

a. Materials: 1) Chute Housing: 20 gage stainless steel 2) Entry Chute: 16 gage stainless steel. 3) Interior Trim: 16 gage stainless steel.

2.2 ACCESSORIES

A. Transport Carts: As specified in Section 11510 “Library Equipment.”

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 PREPARATION

A. Inspect wall opening and verify dimensions prior to installation.

3.2 INSTALLATION, GENERAL

A. Install depository according to manufacturer's written instructions.

B. Install using anchorage or bracing as recommended by manufacturer and as required for stability. Complete installation to comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction.

END OF SECTION 11511

Page 221: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590 Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

LIBRARY FURNITURE AND EQUIPMENT 12560 - 1/4

SECTION 12560 – LIBRARY FURNITURE AND EQUIPMENT

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section includes the following free-standing library furniture and equipment:

1. Bulletin Boards; EQ-1, EQ-2 and EQ-3. 2. Filing Cabinets; EQ-5, EQ-10, EQ-11, EQ-12 EQ-13. 3. Computer Stand; EQ-8. 4. Computer Workstations; EQ-9. 5. Worksurface Basket: EQ-18. 6. Clock: EQ-16. 7. Stepping Stools: EQ-17. 8. Waste Basket: EQ-18. 9. Recycling Bins: EQ-19. 10. Film Scanner: EQ-20. 11. Step Ladder; EQ-14 12. Chairs. 13. Tables.

B. RELATED SECTIONS 1. Division 1 Section "LEED Requirements" for additional LEED requirements. 2. Section 06400 “Interior Woodwork Refinishing” for restoration of existing

furniture. 3. Section 06402 “Interior Architectural Woodwork” for mahogany custom built

furniture. 4. Section 11101 “Visual Display Surfaces” for marker boards, EQ-4. 5. Section 11510 “Library Equipment” for book trucks and book return carts; EQ-6

and EQ-7. 6. Section 11511 “Library Book and Media Depository” for through-wall drop

system. 7. Refer to Equipment Schedule on Drawings.

1.2 SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated.

B. LEED Submittals:

C. Shop Drawings: Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other work.

1. Seating Layout: Show seating layout, aisle widths, row-lettering and chair-numbering scheme, chair widths, and chair spacing in each row.

Page 222: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590 Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

LIBRARY FURNITURE AND EQUIPMENT 12560 - 2/4

2. Accessories: Show accessories, including locations of left- and right-hand tablet arms, electrical devices, accessibility provisions, and attachments to other work.

D. Samples: For each seating component and for each color and texture required.

E. Product Certificates: For each type of flame-retardant treatment of fabric, from manufacturer.

F. Maintenance Data.

G. Warranty.

1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Upholstery Fabric Source Limitations: Obtain fabric of a single dye lot for each color and pattern of fabric required.

B. Fire-Test-Response Characteristics of Upholstered Chairs:

1. Fabric: Class 1 according to DOC CS 191 and 16 CFR 1610.61, tested according to California Technical Bulletin 117.

2. Padding: Comply with California Technical Bulletin 117. 3. Full-Scale Fire Test: Comply with California Technical Bulletin 133.

C. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site.

1.4 COORDINATION

A. Coordinate installation of electrical wiring and devices with seating layout to ensure that floor junction boxes for electrical devices are accurately located to allow connection without exposed conduit.

1.5 WARRANTIES

A. Chairs: Manufacturers Standard 12 year, 3-shift warranty.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 GENERAL

A. Refer to Furniture Schedule and Equipment Schedule on Drawing Sheet A-5.51 for quantity, location and color.

2.2 FILING CABINETS; EQ-5

A. Mobile Pedestal Filing Cabinets: HON “Embark” Series with “M” pull.

Page 223: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590 Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

LIBRARY FURNITURE AND EQUIPMENT 12560 - 3/4

1. Model: HON 1623MP. 2. Dimensions: 15 W x 20 D x 28 H inches. 3. Casters: Locking. 4. Color: Black.

2.3 COMPUTER PRINTER STANDS; EQ-8

A. Mobile Under Desk Machine Stand: SAFECO; SAF 1855BL. 1. Dimensions: 20-1/2 W x 16-1/2 D x 14-1/2 H inches. 2. Casters: 4, 2 locking.

2.4 COMPUTER WORKSTATIONS; EQ-9

A. Mobile Laptop Z-Frame Computer Workstation: SAFCO; TIF 944. 1. Dimensions: 23-1/2 W x 19-1/2 D x 28-1/2 H inches. 2. Finish: To be selected by Architect.

2.5 CHAIRS

A. Ergonomic Chairs: 1. Manufacturer: Herman Miller “Aeron Chairs.” 2. Style: Work Chair. 3. Seat & Back Textile: “Waves Pellicle.”

a. Color: “Carbon.” 4. Armrest Material: Plastic. 5. Frame: Steel. 6. Recycled Content: 62%

a. Post Consumer: 41% b. Pre Consumer: 21%

B. Molded Plastic Chairs: 100% recyclable, High-density polyethylene or polypropylene, blow or injection molded, with smooth and perforated surfaces that ares mar and dent resistant. 1. Manufacturer: Herman Miller “Caper Chairs.” 2. Chair Styles:

a. Stackers. 1) Floor saver glides. 2) Casters.

b. Multipurpose. 3. Recycled content: 21% recycled content.

a. Post consumer: 15%. b. Pre consumer: 6%.

4. Color and Texture: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range.

C. Upholstered Chairs: 1. Manufacturer and Product: Lee Industries; #3088-01 Chair. 2. Upholstery Material: European, full grain, aniline dyed cowhide.

a. Manufacturer: Teddy & Arthur Edelman, Limited; “Dream Cow.”

Page 224: Specifications DCPL2010R0007

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590 Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

LIBRARY FURNITURE AND EQUIPMENT 12560 - 4/4

b. Colors: 1) Brownie DRC20. 2) Cola DRC15. 3) Soft Green DRC03.

2.6 TABLES

A. Tables: As shown on Drawings. 1. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide

product indicated on Drawings or comparable product.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION

A. Install furniture in locations indicated on Drawings.

END OF SECTION 12560